-#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 413
+#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 474
\begin_document
\begin_header
\textclass scrbook
\myTOC
\mainmatter }
-% redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
-\def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
- L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
- {LyX}}
-
-% used for multi-column text
-\usepackage{multicol}
+% increase link area for cross-references and autoname them,
+\AtBeginDocument{\renewcommand{\ref}[1]{\mbox{\autoref{#1}}}}
+\@ifundefined{extrasenglish}{\usepackage[english]{babel}}{}
+\addto\extrasenglish{%
+ \renewcommand*{\equationautorefname}[1]{}%
+ \renewcommand{\sectionautorefname}{sec.\negthinspace}%
+ \renewcommand{\subsectionautorefname}{sec.\negthinspace}%
+ \renewcommand{\subsubsectionautorefname}{sec.\negthinspace}%
+}
\end_preamble
\options fleqn,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,titlepage,captions=tableheading
\use_default_options false
\font_roman default
\font_sans default
\font_typewriter default
+\font_math auto
\font_default_family default
\use_non_tex_fonts false
\font_sc false
\font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100
-
\graphics default
\default_output_format default
\output_sync 0
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
\papersize default
\use_geometry false
-\use_amsmath 0
-\use_esint 0
-\use_mhchem 0
-\use_mathdots 1
+\use_package amsmath 0
+\use_package amssymb 0
+\use_package cancel 0
+\use_package esint 0
+\use_package mathdots 1
+\use_package mathtools 0
+\use_package mhchem 0
+\use_package stackrel 0
+\use_package stmaryrd 0
+\use_package undertilde 0
\cite_engine basic
+\cite_engine_type default
+\biblio_style plain
\use_bibtopic false
\use_indices false
\paperorientation portrait
\suppress_date false
+\justification true
\use_refstyle 0
\branch OutDated
\selected 0
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle headings
-\tracking_changes true
+\tracking_changes false
\output_changes false
\html_math_output 0
\html_css_as_file 0
\html_be_strict true
-\author 1414654397 "Richard Heck"
\end_header
\begin_body
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Version 2.0.x
+Version 2.1.x
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
is the ISO language code.
- See chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+ See
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "cha:Internationalizing-LyX"
\end_inset
contains keyboard keymapping files.
- See Chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+ See
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:International-Keymap-Stuff"
\end_inset
- contains the text class and module files described in Chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+ contains the text class and module files described in
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "cha:Installing-New-Document"
\end_inset
- contains the standard LyX template files described in Chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+ contains the standard LyX template files described in
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Creating-Templates"
\end_inset
- this is the script that is used to re-configure LyX.
+ this is a Python script that is used to re-configure LyX.
It creates configuration files in the directory it was run from.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Other files needing a line or two...
+Other files needing a line or two
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\end_inset
- feature.
+ feature, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Including-External-Material"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
this file contains a list of all the languages currently supported by LyX.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+latexfonts
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ contains information about the supported fonts.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+layouttranslations
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ this file contains translations for internationalized paragraph styles
+ (see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:I18n"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+unicodesymbols
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ this file contains information about unicode-encoded glyphs and the way
+ they are supported by LyX via LaTeX.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Your local configuration directory
\end_layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-New\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
+New
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Alt-V F D
+Ctrl+D
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
View (Other Formats)\SpecialChar \menuseparator
DVI
\end_layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
View
\end_layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document format
+MIME
\end_layout
\end_inset
- option tells LyX that a format is suitable for document export.
- If this is set and if a suitable conversion route exists (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ type of a format is optional, but if it is specified, it must be unique
+ across all formats.
+ It is used to detect files of this format from the file contents.
+ For some important file formats there is no MIME type officially registered
+ with the
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "IANA"
+target "http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Therefore LyX uses the extended list of MIME types as specified by
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "freedesktop.org"
+target "http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/shared-mime-info-spec"
+
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+ option tells LyX that a format is suitable for document export.
+ If this is set and if a suitable conversion route exists (see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Converters"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
View
\end_layout
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$b
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The base name (without filename extension) in the LyX temporary directory
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$p
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The full directory path of the LyX temporary directory
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$r
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The full pathname to the original LyX file being processed
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$f
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The filename (without any directory path) of the LyX file.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
$$l
\end_layout
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+nice
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Needs a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+nice
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ file from the backend, which in practice means a LaTeX file like the one
+ we would export, without
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+input@path
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
xml
\end_layout
choose the shortest possible chain.
You can, though, still define multiple conversion methods between file
formats.
- For example, the standard LyX configuration provides three ways to convert
- LaTeX to PDF: Directly, using
+ For example, the standard LyX configuration provides five ways to convert
+ LaTeX to PDF:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Directly, using
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\end_inset
-; via (DVI and) PostScript, using
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+via (DVI and) PostScript, using
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\end_inset
-; or via DVI, using
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+via DVI, using
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\end_inset
-.
- To define such alternate chains, you must define multiple target `file
- formats', as described in section
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+directly using
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+XeTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+directly using
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LuaTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To define such alternate chains, you must define multiple target `file formats',
+ as described in
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Formats"
\end_inset
-,
+ (for
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pdf2
+ps2pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, and
+),
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pdf3
+pdf2
\end_layout
\end_inset
- are defined, all of which share the extension
+ (for
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.pdf
+pdflatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, and which correspond to the conversion methods just mentioned.
+),
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pdf3
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Internationalizing LyX
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Internationalizing-LyX"
+\end_inset
+
+ (for
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+dvipdfm
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+),
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pdf4
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports using a translated interface.
- Last time we checked, LyX provided text in thirty languages.
- The language of choice is called your
-\emph on
+\end_inset
+
+ (for
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+XeTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+), and
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pdf5
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ (for
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LuaTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+) are defined, all of which share the extension
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, and which correspond to the conversion methods just mentioned.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Internationalizing LyX
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "cha:Internationalizing-LyX"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX supports using a translated interface.
+ Last time we checked, LyX provided text in thirty languages.
+ The language of choice is called your
+\emph on
locale
\emph default
.
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Argument
+\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
extension and provide LyX with information about document classes.
- As of LyX 1.6, however, layout information can also be contained in layout
-
+ Since LyX 1.6 layout information can also be contained in layout
\emph on
modules
\emph default
.
Though of course the developers strive to keep LyX stable in such situations,
syntax errors and the like in your module file could cause strange behavior.
-\change_inserted 1414654397 1302962370
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\change_inserted 1414654397 1302962375
Local Layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\change_inserted 1414654397 1302962524
Modules are to LyX as packages are to LaTeX.
Sometimes, however, you find yourself wanting a specific inset or character
style just for one document and writing a module that will also be available
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\change_inserted 1414654397 1302963263
You will find it under
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\change_inserted 1414654397 1302962556
Format
-\change_unchanged
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
tag.
Any format is acceptable, but one would normally use the format current
at the time.
- (In LyX 2.0, the current layout format is 35.) You should be aware that local
+ (In LyX 2.1, the current layout format is 48.) You should be aware that local
layout is not supported by versions of LyX prior to 1.6, so you should not
use it if you want to be able to export your document to LyX 1.5 or earlier
(without, that is, losing the local layout information).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\change_inserted 1414654397 1302963275
When you have entered something in the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\change_inserted 1414654397 1302963275
Local Layout
-\change_unchanged
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\change_inserted 1414654397 1302963364
The warnings at the end of the previous section apply here, too.
Do not play with local layout while you are actually working, especially
if you have not saved your document.
That said, using local layout with a test document can be a very convenient
way to try out layout ideas, or even to start developing a module.
-\change_unchanged
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#DescriptionEnd
+#DescriptionEnd
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Format 21
+Format 35
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
The format of layout files changes with each LyX release, so old layout
files need to be converted to the new format.
- This process has been automated since LyX 1.4: If LyX reads a layout file
- in an older format, it automatically calls the script
+ If LyX reads a layout file in an older format, it automatically calls the
+ script
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
To do this, you can call the converter manually:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-mv myclass.layout myclass.old
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+rename the file
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+myclass.layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\end_inset
+
+ to
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+myclass.old
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Call the command
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
python LyXDir/scripts/layout2layout.py myclass.old myclass.layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You need to replace
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+where
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\end_inset
- with the name of your LyX system directory, of course.
+ is the name of your LyX system directory.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When it's finally time to get your hands dirty and create or edit your own
- layout file, the following sections describe what you're up against.
- Our advice is to go slowly, save and test often, listen to soothing music,
- and enjoy one or two of your favorite adult beverages; more if you are
- getting particularly stuck.
- It's really not that hard, except that the multitude of options can become
- overwhelming if you try to do too much in one sitting.
- Go have another adult beverage, just for good measure.
+The following sections describe how layout files are structured and written.
+ Our advice is to go slowly, save and test often.
+ It is really not that hard, except that the multitude of options can become
+ overwhelming, especially if you try to check out too many at once.
+ It becomes easier if you use existing layouts of LyX as examples/reference
+ or if you modify an existing layout to your needs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
are really the same tag.
- The possible values are printed in brackets after the feature's name.
- The default value if a feature isn't specified inside a text class-description
- is typeset
+ The possible arguments are printed in brackets after the tag's name.
+ The default argument is typeset
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-The document class declaration
+The document class declaration and classification
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
- files should begin with a line like:
+ files should begin with lines like:
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\size small
#
\backslash
-DeclareLaTeXClass{article}
+DeclareLaT
+\size default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+eXClass{Article (Standard Class)}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\size small
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareCategory{Articles}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The second line is used when you (re)configure LyX.
+The second and third lines are used when you (re)configure LyX.
The layout file is read by the LaTeX script
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\end_inset
is ignored.
- The first line is just a LaTeX comment, and the second one contains the
- declaration of the text class.
+ The first line is just a LaTeX comment, the second one contains the mandatory
+ declaration of the text class and the third line contains the optional
+ classification of the class.
If these lines appear in a file named
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-article
+Article (Standard Class)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_inset
dialog.
+ The category (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Articles
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the example) is also used in the
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ dialog: the text classes are grouped by these categories (which are usually
+ genres, so typical categories are
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Articles
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Books
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Reports
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Letters
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Presentations
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Curricula Vitae
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ etc.).
+ If no category has been declared, the class will be put in the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Uncategorized
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ group.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\size small
#
\backslash
-DeclareLaTeXClass[article]{article (with my own headings)}
+DeclareLaT
+\size default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+eXClass[article]{Article (with My Own Headings)}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\size small
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareCategory{Articles}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-article (with my own headings)
+Article (with My Own Headings)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\size small
#
\backslash
-DeclareLaTeXClass[article,foo.sty]{article (with my own headings)}
+DeclareLaT
+\size default
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+eXClass[article,foo.sty]{Article (with My Own Headings)}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\size small
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareCategory{Articles}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\size small
#
\backslash
-DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook article)}
+DeclareDocBookClass[article]{SGML (DocBook Article)}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\size small
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareCategory{Articles (DocBook)}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\size small
#
\backslash
-DeclareLaTeXClass[class,package.sty]{layout description}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The class need only be specified if the name of the LaTeX class file and
- the name of the layout file are different or if there are packages to load.
- If the name of the class file is not specified, then LyX will simply assume
- that it is the same as the name of the layout file.
-\end_layout
+DeclareLaT
+\size default
-\begin_layout Standard
-When the text class has been modified to your taste, all you have to do
- is to copy it either to
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\size small
+eXClass[class,package.sty]{layout description}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\size small
+#
+\backslash
+DeclareCategory{category}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The class need only be specified if the name of the LaTeX class file and
+ the name of the layout file are different or if there are packages to load.
+ If the name of the class file is not specified, then LyX will simply assume
+ that it is the same as the name of the layout file.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When the text class has been modified to your taste, all you have to do
+ is to copy it either to
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
#
\backslash
-DeclareLyXModule[endnotes.sty]{Endnotes}
+DeclareL
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+yXModule[endnotes.sty]{Endnotes}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
.
The argument in square brackets is optional: It declares any LaTeX packages
on which the module depends.
- Please note that only packages about which LyX knows should be listed in
- the square brackets.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The list of such packages is documented only in the source code.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- LyX will not check for arbitrary packages.
It is also possible to use the form
\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
no
\emph default
excluded module may be used.
- Note that modules are identified here by their
-\emph on
-filenames
-\emph default
- without the
+ Note that modules are identified here by their filenames without the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\end_inset
-] The format of the layout file.
+] The format number of the layout file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This tag was introduced with LyX 1.4.0.
- Layout files from LyX 1.3.x and earlier don't have an explicit file format
- and are considered to be of format 1.
- The format for the present version of LyX is format 21.
+This tag was introduced with LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+1.4.0.
+ Layout files from older LyX versions do not have an explicit file format
+ and are considered to have
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Format
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The format for the present version of LyX is format 35.
But each version of LyX is capable of reading earlier versions' layout
files, just as they are capable of reading files produced by earlier versions
of LyX.
There is, however, no provision for converting to earlier formats.
- So LyX 1.6.x will not read layout files in format 21 but only files in format
- 11 or earlier.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_inset
- block when this document class is output to XHTML.
+ block when the document is output to XHTML.
Typically, this would be used to output CSS style information, but it can
be used for anything that can appear in
\begin_inset Flex Code
\end_inset
Adds information to the document preamble.
- Must end with
+ Must end with
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
Defines formats for use in the display of bibliographic information.
- See Section
+ See
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Citation-format-description"
\end_inset
Describes various global options supported by the document class.
- See Section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+ See
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:ClassOptions"
\end_inset
-,
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-See Section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+See
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Counters"
\end_inset
Sets the default font used to display the document.
- See Section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+ See
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Font-description"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string]
+<module>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Specifies a module to be included by default with this document class.
- The module should be specified by filename without the
+] Specifies a module to be included by default with this document class.
+ The module is specified as filename without the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+<style>
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+<module>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] This tag indicates that the module in question—which should be specified
- by filename without the
+] This tag indicates that the module (which is specified by filename without
+ the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\end_inset
- extension—cannot be used with this document class.
+ extension) cannot be used with this document class.
This might be used in a journal-specific layout file to prevent, say, the
use of the
\begin_inset Flex Code
\end_inset
Defines a new float.
- See Section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+ See
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Floats"
\end_inset
declarations.
- (Use
+ (Use
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+<style>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The layout to use for the table of contents, bibliography, and so forth,
+] The style to use for the table of contents, bibliography, and so forth,
when the document is output to HTML.
- For articles, this should normally be Section; for books, Chapter.
+ For articles, this should normally be
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Section
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+; for books
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Chapter
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
If it is not given, then LyX will attempt to figure out which layout to
use.
\end_layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+<counter>
\end_layout
\end_inset
] Modifies the properties of the given counter.
- If the counter does not exist, the section is ignored.
+ If the counter does not exist, the statement is ignored.
Must end with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-See Section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+See
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Counters"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+<style>
\end_layout
\end_inset
] Modifies the properties of the given paragraph style.
- If the style does not exist, the section is ignored.
+ If the style does not exist, the statement is ignored.
Must end with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
- As its name implies, this command allows you to include another layout
- definition file within yours to avoid duplicating commands.
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<filename>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] This allows you to include another layout definition file within yours
+ to avoid duplicating commands.
Common examples are the standard layout files, for example,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\end_inset
- This section (re-)defines the layout of an inset.
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<type>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] This section (re-)defines the layout of an inset.
It can be applied to an existing inset or to a new, user-defined inset,
e.g., a new character style.
Must end with
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-See Section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
+See
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sub:Flex-insets-and"
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
MMMMM
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+<counter>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] This command deletes an existing counter, usually one defined in an included
- file.
+] Deletes an existing counter, usually one defined in an included file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
- This command deletes an existing float.
- This is particularly useful when you want to suppress a float that has
- been defined in an input file.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-NoStyle
+<float>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- This command deletes an existing style.
- This is particularly useful when you want to suppress a style that has
- be defined in an input file.
+] Deletes an existing float.
+ This is particularly useful when you want to suppress a float that has
+ been defined in an input file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-OutputFormat
+NoStyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
- A string indicating the file format (as defined in the Preferences dialog)
- produced by this class.
- It is mainly useful when
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-OutputType
+<style>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is `literate' and one wants to define a new type of literate document.
- This string is reset to `docbook', `latex', or `literate' when the correspondin
-g
+] Deletes an existing style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-OutputType
+OutputFormat
\end_layout
\end_inset
- parameter is encountered.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-OutputType
+<format>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- A string indicating what sort of output documents using this class will
- produce.
- At present, the options are: `docbook', `latex', and `literate'.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+] The file format (as defined in the LyX preferences) produced by this document
+ class.
+ It is mainly useful when
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PageStyle
+OutputType
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ is
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-plain
+literate
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ and one wants to define a new type of literate document.
+ The format is reset to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-empty
+docbook
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-headings
+latex
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The default pagestyle.
- Can be changed in the
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ when the corresponding
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+OutputType
\end_layout
\end_inset
- dialog.
+ parameter is encountered.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Preamble
+OutputType
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Sets the preamble for the LaTeX document.
- Note that this will completely override any prior
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Preamble
+
+\emph on
+lat
+\emph default
+ex
\end_layout
\end_inset
- or
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AddToPreamble
+docbook
\end_layout
\end_inset
- declarations.
- (Use
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AddToPreamble
+literate
\end_layout
\end_inset
- if you just want to add material to the preamble.) Must end with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EndPreamble
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
+] Specifies what sort of output documents using this class will produce.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Provides
+PackageOptions
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-] [
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
-
+] Specifies options, given in the second string, for the package named by
+ the first string.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-] Whether the class already provides the feature
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+PackageOptions natbib square
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- A feature is in general the name of a package (
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-amsmath
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
+ will cause
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-makeidx
+natbib
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-) or a macro (
+ to be loaded with the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-url
+square
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ option.
+ (For TeXperts, this causes LyX to output:
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-boldsymbol
+
+\backslash
+PassOptionsToPackage{natbib}{square}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-); the complete list of supported features is unfortunately not documented
- outside the LyX source code—but see
+ prior to loading
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXFeatures.cpp
+natbib
\end_layout
\end_inset
- if you're interested.
-
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTeX Configuration
+PageStyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
- also gives an overview of the supported packages.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ProvidesModule
+
+\emph on
+plain
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+empty
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Indicates that this layout provides the functionality of the module mentioned,
- which should be specified by the filename without the
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.module
+headings
\end_layout
\end_inset
- extension.
- This will typically be used if the layout includes the module directly,
- rather than using the
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+] The default pagestyle.
+ Can be changed in the
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-DefaultModule
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
- tag to indicate that it ought to be used.
- It could also be used in a module that provided an alternate implementation
- of the same functionality.
+ dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Requires
+Preamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ Sets the preamble for the LaTeX document.
+ Note that this will completely override any prior
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+Preamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Whether the class requires the feature
+ or
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+AddToPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Multiple features must be separated by commas.
- Note that you can only request supported features.
- (Again, see
+ declarations.
+ (Use
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXFeatures.cpp
+AddToPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for a list of these.)
-\end_layout
+ if you just want to add material to the preamble.) Must end with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-RightMargin
+EndPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- A string that indicates the width of the right margin on the screen, for
- example,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-MMMMM
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SecNumDepth
+Provides
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Sets which divisions get numbered.
- Corresponds to the
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-secnumdepth
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- counter in LaTeX.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+] [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Sides
+
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] Whether the class already provides the feature
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Whether the class-default should be printing on one or both sides of the
- paper.
- Can be changed in the
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+.
+ A feature is in general the name of a package (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+amsmath
\end_layout
\end_inset
- dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ or
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Style
+makeidx
\end_layout
\end_inset
- This sequence defines a paragraph style.
- If the style does not yet exist, it is created; if it does exist, its parameter
-s are modified.
- Must end with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+) or a macro (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-End
+url
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ or
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+boldsymbol
+\end_layout
-See Section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+).
+ See
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
+reference "chap:List-of-functions"
\end_inset
- for details on paragraph styles.
+ for the list of features.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TitleLatexName
+ProvidesModule
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string="maketitle"
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The name of the command or environment to be used with
+] Indicates that this layout provides the functionality of the module mentioned,
+ which should be specified by the filename without the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TitleLatexType
+.module
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ extension.
+ This will typically be used if the layout includes the module directly,
+ rather than using the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TitleLatexType
+DefaultModule
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ tag to indicate that it ought to be used.
+ It could also be used in a module that provided an alternate implementation
+ of the same functionality.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-CommandAfter
+Requires
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Environment
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Indicates what kind of markup is used to define the title of a document.
-
+] Whether the class requires the feature
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-CommandAfter
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means that the macro with name
+.
+ Multiple features must be separated by commas.
+ Note that you can only request supported features.
+ (See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:List-of-functions"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for the list of features.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TitleLatexName
+RightMargin
\end_layout
\end_inset
- will be inserted after the last layout which has
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] A string that indicates the width of the right margin on the screen, for
+ example,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InTitle 1
+MMMMM
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
-
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Environment
+SecNumDepth
\end_layout
\end_inset
- corresponds to the case where the block of paragraphs which have
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InTitle 1
+int=3
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+] Sets which divisions get numbered.
+ Corresponds to the
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- should be enclosed into the
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TitleLatexName
+secnumdepth
\end_layout
\end_inset
- environment.
+ counter in LaTeX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TocDepth
+Sides
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Sets which divisions are included in the table of contents.
- Corresponds to the
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tocdepth
+
+\emph on
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- counter in LaTeX.
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ClassOptions
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
- section
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:ClassOptions"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+] Whether the class-default should be printing on one or both sides of the
+ paper.
+ Can be changed in the
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ClassOptions
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
- section can contain the following entries:
+ dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-FontSize
+Style
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string="10|11|12"
+<name>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The list of available font sizes for the document's main font, separated
- by
+] This sequence defines a paragraph style.
+ If the style does not yet exist, it is created; if it does exist, its parameter
+s are modified.
+ Must end with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-|
+End
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Header
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- Used to set the DTD line with XML-based output classes.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-g.: PUBLIC
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
--//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ for details on paragraph styles.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PageStyle
+TitleLatexName
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string="empty|plain|headings|fancy"
+string="maketitle"
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The list of available page styles, separated by
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+] The name of the command or environment to be used with
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-|
+TitleLatexType
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
.
\end_layout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Other
+TitleLatexType
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string=""
+
+\emph on
+CommandAfter
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Some document class options, separated by a comma, that will be added
- to the optional part of the
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-documentclass
+Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
- command.
+] Indicates what kind of markup is used to define the title of a document.
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+CommandAfter
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\end_inset
+
+ means that the macro with name
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ClassOptions
+TitleLatexName
\end_layout
\end_inset
- section must end with
+ will be inserted after the last layout which has
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-End
+InTitle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Paragraph styles
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Environment
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+ corresponds to the case where all layouts which have
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A paragraph style description looks like this:
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that this will either define a new style or modify an existing one.
+InTitle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Style
-\family roman
-\emph on
-name
-\end_layout
+ should be enclosed into the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- ...
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TitleLatexName
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-End
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-where the following commands are allowed:
+ environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Align
+TocDepth
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-block
-\emph default
-, left, right, center
+int=3
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Paragraph alignment.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+] Sets which divisions are included in the table of contents.
+ Corresponds to the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AlignPossible
+tocdepth
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ counter in LaTeX.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-block
-\emph default
-, left, right, center
+ClassOptions
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] A comma separated list of permitted alignments.
- (Some LaTeX styles prohibit certain alignments, since those wouldn't make
- sense.
- For example a right-aligned or centered enumeration isn't possible.)
+ section
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:ClassOptions"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-BabelPreamble
+ClassOptions
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Note that this will completely override any prior
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
+ section can contain the following entries:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-BabelPreamble
+FontSize
\end_layout
\end_inset
- declaration for this style.
- Must end with
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string="10|11|12"
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] The list of available font sizes for the document's main font, separated
+ by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EndBabelPreamble
+|
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- See section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:I18n"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Header
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- for details on its use.
+ Used to set the DTD line with XML-based output classes.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.: PUBLIC
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-BottomSep
+PageStyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-float=0
+string="empty|plain|headings|fancy"
\end_layout
\end_inset
-]
-\begin_inset Foot
+] The list of available page sty\SpecialChar \-
+les, separated by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that a `float' here is a real number, such as: 1.5.
+|
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The vertical space with which the last of a chain of paragraphs with this
- style is separated from the following paragraph.
- If the next paragraph has another style, the separations are not simply
- added, but the maximum is taken.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Category
+Other
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-[string]
+string=""
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The category for this style.
- This is used to group related styles in the style combobox on the toolbar.
- Any string can be used, but you may want to use existing categories with
- your own styles.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+] Some document class options, separated by a comma, that will be added
+ to the optional part of the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-CommandDepth
+
+\backslash
+documentclass
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Depth of XML command.
- Used only with XML-type formats.
+ command.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-CopyStyle
+ClassOptions
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "des:CopyStyle"
-
+ section must end with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-[string]
+End
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Copies all the features of an existing style into the current one.
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-DependsOn
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Paragraph styles
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
+
\end_inset
- The name of a style whose preamble should be output
-\emph on
-before
-\emph default
- this one.
- This allows to ensure some ordering of the preamble snippets when macros
- definitions depend on one another.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A paragraph style description looks like this:
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that, besides that functionality, there is no way to ensure any ordering
- of preambles.
- The ordering that you see in a given version of LyX may change without
- warning in later versions.
+Note that this will either define a new style or modify an existing one.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Style
+\family roman
+\emph on
+name
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ ...
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+End
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+where the following commands are allowed:
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EndLabeltype
+Align
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on
-No_Label
+block
\emph default
-, Box, Filled_Box, Static
+, left, right, center
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The type of label that stands at the end of the paragraph (or sequence
- of paragraphs if
+] Paragraph alignment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexType
+AlignPossible
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Environment
+
+\emph on
+block
+\emph default
+, left, right, center
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] A comma separated list of permitted alignments.
+ (Some LaTeX styles prohibit certain alignments, since those wouldn't make
+ sense.
+ For example a right-aligned or centered enumeration isn't possible.)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Item_Environment
+Argument
\end_layout
\end_inset
- or
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-List_Environment
+int
\end_layout
\end_inset
-).
-
+] Defines argument number <int> of a command\SpecialChar \slash{}
+environment associated with
+ the current style.
+ This is useful for things like section headings, and only makes sense with
+ LaTeX.
+ Every (optional or required) argument of a command or environment -- except
+ for the required argument that is associated with the content of the paragraph
+ itself -- has a separate definition, where the number specifies the order
+ of the arguments.
+ The definition must end with
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-No_Label
+EndArgument
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+.
+ So a command with two optional arguments has:
+\end_layout
-nothing
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Quote
-,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
+Argument 1
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Box
+\begin_layout Quote
+
+\family typewriter
+...
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Quote
- (resp.
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\family typewriter
+EndArgument
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Quote
-Filled_Box
+\family typewriter
+Argument 2
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Quote
-) is a white (resp.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+...
+\end_layout
-black) square suitable for end of proof markers,
+\begin_layout Quote
+
+\family typewriter
+EndArgument
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inside the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Static
+Argument
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is an explicit text string.
+ definition, the following specifications are possible:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EndLabelString
+LabelString
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string=""
+[string]
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The string used for a label with a
+ The string that will appear both in the menu (to insert this argument)
+ and on the argument inset button (unless you also specify a separate
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Static
+MenuString
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+).
+ For the menu, you can define an accelerator by appending the respective
+ character to the string, divided by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EndLabelType
-\end_layout
+|
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
+Short Title|S
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- The font used for both the text body
-\emph on
-and
-\emph default
- the label.
- See section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Font-description"
-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- Note that defining this font automatically defines the
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelFont
+MenuString
\end_layout
\end_inset
- to the same value.
- So you should define this one first if you also want to define
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelFont
+[string]
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ A separate string for the menu.
+ You can define an accelerator by appending the respective character to
+ the string, divided by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+|
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-FreeSpacing
-\end_layout
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "des:FreeSpacing"
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-[
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+Short Title|S
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-] Usually LyX doesn't allow you to insert more than one space between words,
- since a space is considered as the separation between two words, not a
- character or symbol of its own.
- This is a very fine thing but sometimes annoying, for example, when typing
- program code or plain LaTeX code.
- For this reason,
+).
+ This specification is optional.
+ If it is not given the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-FreeSpacing
+LabelString
\end_layout
\end_inset
- can be enabled.
- Note that LyX will create protected blanks for the additional blanks when
- in another mode than LaTeX-mode.
+ will be used instead for the menu.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTML*
+Tooltip
\end_layout
\end_inset
- These tags are used with XHTML output.
- See
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Paragraph-Style-XHTML"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InnerTag
+[string]
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [[FIXME]] (Used only with XML-type formats.)
+ A longer explanatory text that appears in the tooltip when hovering over
+ the argument inset.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InPreamble
+Mandatory
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-[1, 0]
+
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
- If 1, marks the style as to be included in the document preamble rather
- than in the document body.
- This is useful for document classes that want such information as the title
- and author to appear in the preamble.
- Note that this works only for styles for which the
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexType
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is
+] Declare if this is a mandatory (1) or an optional (0) argument.
+ Mandatory arguments will be output empty if not given, while optional arguments
+ will not be output at all.
+ By default, mandatory arguments are delimited by
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
+{...}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- or
+, while optional arguments are delimited by
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph
+[...]
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InTitle
+Requires
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-[1, 0]
+[int=0]
\end_layout
\end_inset
- If 1, marks the style as being part of a title block (see also the
+ defines another argument (by its number) which this argument requires to
+ be output if it is itself output.
+ E.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g., in LaTeX commands, optional arguments often require previous optional
+ arguments to be output (at least empty), as in
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TitleLatexType
+
+\backslash
+command[][argument]{text}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
+.
+ This can be achieved by the statement
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TitleLatexName
+Requires 1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- global entries).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ within
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ItemSep
+Argument 2
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-float=0
+LeftDelim
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] This provides extra space between paragraphs that have the same style.
- If you put other styles into an environment, each is separated with the
- environment's
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Parsep
+[string]
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- But the whole items of the environment are additionally separated with
- this
+ defines a custom left delimiter (instead of
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Itemsep
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Note that this is a
-\emph on
- multiplier.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ or
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ItemTag
+[
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [[FIXME]] (Used only with XML-type formats.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+).
+ A line break in the output can be indicated by
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-KeepEmpty
+<br/>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "des:KeepEmpty"
-
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-[
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+RightDelim
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+[string]
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Usually LyX does not allow you to leave a paragraph empty, since it would
- lead to empty LaTeX output.
- There are some cases where this could be desirable however: in a letter
- template, the required fields can be provided as empty fields, so that
- people do not forget them; in some special classes, a style can be used
- as some kind of break, which does not contain actual text.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ defines a custom right delimiter (instead of
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelBottomsep
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [float=0] The vertical space between the label and the text body.
- Only used for labels that are above the text body (
+ or
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Top_Environment
+]
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+).
+ A line break in the output can be indicated by
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Centered_Top_Environment
+<br/>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-).
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelCounter
+DefaultArg
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string=""
+[string]
\end_layout
\end_inset
-]
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ defines an argument that is inserted if and only if no user-specified arguments
+ were given, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-The name of the counter for automatic numbering.
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-This
-\emph on
-must
-\emph default
- be given if
+if no argument inset has been inserted (note that also an empty argument
+ inset omits the DefaultArg).
+ Multiple arguments need to be separated by comma.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelType
+PresetArg
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Counter
+[string]
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- In that case, the counter will be stepped each time the style appears.
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+ defines an argument that is inserted in any case (alone or in addition
+ to user-specified arguments).
+ Multiple arguments need to be separated by comma.
+\end_layout
-This
-\emph on
-may
-\emph default
- also be given if
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelType
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Enumerate
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+ The font used for the argument content, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Font-description"
-, though this case is a bit complicated.
- Suppose you declare
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelCounter myenum
+LabelFont
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ The font used for the label; see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Font-description"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- Then the actual counters used are
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-myenumi
+Decoration
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-myenumii
+
+\emph on
+Classic
+\emph default
+, Minimalistic, Conglomerate
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] describes the rendering style used for the inset's frame and buttons.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-myenumiii
+AutoInsert
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, and
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-myenumiv
+[int=0]
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, much as in LaTeX.
- These counters must all be declared separately.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+ If this is set to
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-See Section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Counters"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- for details on counters.
+, this argument is automatically inserted when the respective style is selected.
+ Currently, only one argument per style\SpecialChar \slash{}
+layout can be automatically inserted.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, the text entered in the LyX workarea in the respective layout
+ is the last (mandatory) argument of a command if the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelFont
+LatexType
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The font used for the label.
- See section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
+ is
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Font-description"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
+\end_layout
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ However, arguments with the prefix
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelIndent
+post:
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Text that indicates how far a label should be indented.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ are output after this workarea argument.
+ Note that post-argument numbering restarts at 1, so the first argument
+ following the workarea argument is
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Labelsep
+post:1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+.
+ Post-arguments are ignored in any other
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string=""
+LatexType
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The horizontal space between the label and the text body.
- Only used for labels that are not above the text body.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ than
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelString
+Command
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Arguments for list
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string=""
+
+\backslash
+item
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The string used for a label with a
+s (as in
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Static
+
+\backslash
+item[foo]
\end_layout
\end_inset
- labeltype.
- When
+) have the prefix
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelCounter
+item:
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is set, this string can be contain the special formatting commands described
- in Section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Counters"
+ followed by the number (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-.
-\begin_inset Foot
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For the sake of backwards compatibility, the string
+Argument item:1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-@
-\emph on
-style-name
-\emph default
-@
+BabelPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- will be replaced by the expanded
+ Note that this will completely override any prior
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelString
+BabelPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- of style
+ declaration for this style.
+ Must end with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-style-name
+EndBabelPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- This feature is now obsolete and should be replaced by the mechanisms of
- Section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Counters"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:I18n"
\end_inset
-
+ for details on its use.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelStringAppendix
+BottomSep
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string=""
+float=0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] This is used inside the appendix instead of
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+]
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelString
+Note that a `float' here is a real number, such as: 1.5.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Note that every
+ The vertical space with which the last of a chain of paragraphs with this
+ style is separated from the following paragraph.
+ If the next paragraph has another style, the separations are not simply
+ added, but the maximum is taken.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelString
+Category
\end_layout
\end_inset
- statement resets
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelStringAppendix
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- too.
+] The category for this style.
+ This is used to group related styles in the style combobox on the toolbar.
+ Any string can be used, but you may want to use existing categories with
+ your own styles.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelTag
+CommandDepth
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [FIXME] (Used only with XML-type formats.)
+ Depth of XML command.
+ Used only with XML-type formats.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelType
+CopyStyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-No_Label
-\emph default
-, Manual, Static, Top_Environment, Centered_Top_Environment, Counter, Sensitive,
- Enumerate, Itemize, Bibliography
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
-]
+] Copies all the features of an existing style into the current one.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Manual
+DependsOn
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means the label is the very first word (up to the first real blank).
- Use protected spaces (like
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-that one) if you want more than one word as the label.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Static
+<name>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means the label is simply whatever
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+] The name of a style whose preamble should be output
+\emph on
+before
+\emph default
+ this one.
+ This allows to ensure some ordering of the preamble snippets when macros
+ definitions depend on one another.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelString
+Note that, besides that functionality, there is no way to ensure any ordering
+ of preambles.
+ The ordering that you see in a given version of LyX may change without
+ warning in later versions.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- declares it to be.
- Note that this really is `static'.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Top_Environment
+EndLabeltype
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Centered_Top_Environment
+
+\emph on
+No_Label
+\emph default
+, Box, Filled_Box, Static
\end_layout
\end_inset
- are special cases of
+] The type of label that stands at the end of the paragraph (or sequence
+ of paragraphs if
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Static
+LatexType
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- The label will be printed above the paragraph, but only at the top of an
- environment or the top of a chain of paragraphs with this style.
- This might be used with the
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+ is
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Abstract
+Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
- style, for example.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Sensitive
+Item_Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is a special case for the caption-labels
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Figure
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Table
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-
+ or
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Sensitive
+List_Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means the (hardcoded) label string depends on the kind of float: It is
- hardcoded to be `FloatType N', where N is the value of the counter associated
- with the float.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-The
+).
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Counter
+No_Label
\end_layout
\end_inset
- label type defines automatically numbered labels.
- The
+ means
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+nothing
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelString
+Box
\end_layout
\end_inset
- will be expanded to resolve any counter references it contains: For example,
- it might be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ (resp.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Section
-\backslash
-thechapter.
-\backslash
-thesection
+Filled_Box
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+) is a white (resp.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- See Section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Counters"
+black) square suitable for end of proof markers,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Static
+\end_layout
\end_inset
- for more information on counters.
+ is an explicit text string.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Enumerate
+EndLabelString
\end_layout
\end_inset
- produces the usual sort of enumeration labels.
- At present, it is hardcoded to use Arabic numerals, lowercase letters,
- small Roman numerals, and uppercase letters for the four possible depths.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Itemize
+string=""
\end_layout
\end_inset
- produces various bullets at the different levels.
- It is also hardcoded.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+] The string used for a label with a
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+Static
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is used internally by LyX and should be used only with
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexType BibEnvironment
+EndLabelType
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LangPreamble
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Note that this will completely override any prior
+ The font used for both the text body
+\emph on
+and
+\emph default
+ the label.
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Font-description"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Note that defining this font automatically defines the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LangPreamble
+LabelFont
\end_layout
\end_inset
- declaration for this style.
- Must end with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ to the same value.
+ So you should define this one first if you also want to define
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EndLangPreamble
+LabelFont
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
.
- See section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:I18n"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for details on its use.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexName
+ForceLocal
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The name of the corresponding LaTeX stuff.
- Either the environment or command name.
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+int=0
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+
+] Used for backporting new styles to stable LyX versions.
+ The first stable version that supports this tag is LyX 2.1.0.
+ The argment is a number which may either be 0, -1 or any value greater
+ than zero.
+ If the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexParam
+ForceLocal
\end_layout
\end_inset
- An optional parameter for the corresponding
+ flag of a style is greater than zero, it will always be written to the
+ document header.
+ If a .lyx file is read, the style definitions from the document header are
+ added to the document class.
+ Therefore even older LyX versions can handle the style.
+ The argument of
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexName
+ForceLocal
\end_layout
\end_inset
- stuff.
- This parameter cannot be changed from within LyX.
+ is a version number: If the style is read, and the version number is less
+ than the version number of the already existing style in the document class,
+ the new style is ignored.
+ If the version number is greater, the new style replaces the existing style.
+ A value of -1 means an infinite version number, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+the style is always used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexType
+FreeSpacing
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "des:LatexType"
-
-\end_inset
-
-[
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on
-Paragraph
-\emph default
-, Command, Environment, Item_Environment,
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-List_Environment, Bib_Environment
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] How the style should be translated into LaTeX.
-\begin_inset Foot
+] Usually LyX does not allow you to insert more than one space between words,
+ since a space is considered as the separation between two words, not a
+ character or symbol of its own.
+ This is a very fine thing but sometimes annoying, for example, when typing
+ program code or plain LaTeX code.
+ For this reason,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+FreeSpacing
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ can be enabled.
+ Note that LyX will create protected blanks for the additional blanks when
+ in another mode than LaTeX-mode.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexType
+HTML*
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is perhaps a bit misleading, since these rules apply to SGML classes, too.
- Visit the SGML class files for specific examples.
-\end_layout
+ These tags are used with XHTML output.
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Style-XHTML"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph
+InnerTag
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means nothing special.
-
+ [FIXME] (Used only with XML-type formats.)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
+InPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-
\emph on
-LatexName
-\emph default
-{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-}
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Environment
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means
+] If
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-begin{
-\emph on
-LatexName
-\emph default
-}\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-end{
-\emph on
-LatexName
-\emph default
-}
+, marks the style as to be included in the document preamble and not in
+ the document body.
+ This is useful for document classes that want such information as the title
+ and author to appear in the preamble.
+ Note that this works only for styles for which the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LatexType
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-
+ is
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
+
+ or
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Item_Environment
+Paragraph
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is the same as
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Environment
+InTitle
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, except that an
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-item
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is generated for each paragraph of this environment.
-
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-List_Environment
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is the same as
+] If
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Item_Environment
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, except that
+, marks the style as being part of a title block (see also the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelWidthString
+TitleLatexType
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is passed as an argument to the environment.
-
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelWidthString
+TitleLatexName
\end_layout
\end_inset
- can be defined in the
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+ global entries).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\bar under
-Edit
-\bar default
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\bar under
-P
-\bar default
-aragraph
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-settings
+ItemCommand
\end_layout
\end_inset
- dialog.
-
-\end_layout
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Putting the last few things together, the LaTeX output will be either:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string="item"
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-latexname[latexparam]{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-}
-\end_layout
+] The LaTeX command sequence declaring an item in a list.
+ The command is to be defined without the preceding backslash (the default
+ is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-or:
-\end_layout
+item
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+, resulting in
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
-begin{latexname}[latexparam] \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
-\backslash
-end{latexname}.
+item
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-depending upon the LaTeX type.
+\end_inset
+
+ in the LaTeX output).
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LeftMargin
+ItemSep
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string=""
+float=0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] If you put styles into environments, the leftmargins are not simply added,
- but added with a factor
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{depth+4}$
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Note that this parameter is also used when the margin is defined as
+] This provides extra space between paragraphs that have the same style.
+ If you put other styles into an environment, each is separated with the
+ environment's
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Manual
+ParSep
\end_layout
\end_inset
- or
+.
+ But the whole items of the environment are additionally separated with
+ this
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dynamic
+ItemSep
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- Then it is added to the manual or dynamic margin.
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+ Note that this is a
+\emph on
+ multiplier.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ItemTag
+\end_layout
-The argument is passed as a string.
- For example
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+ [FIXME] (Used only with XML-type formats.)
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-MM
+KeepEmpty
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\emph on
+0
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- means that the paragraph is indented with the width of
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-MM
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
+] Usually LyX does not allow you to leave a paragraph empty, since it would
+ lead to empty LaTeX output.
+ There are some cases where this could be desirable however: in a letter
+ template, the required fields can be provided as empty fields, so that
+ people do not forget them; in some special classes, a style can be used
+ as some kind of break, which does not contain actual text.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LabelBottomsep
+\end_layout
- in the normal font.
- You can get a negative width by prefixing the string with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+float=0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+] The vertical space between the label and the text body.
+ Only used for labels that are above the text body (
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+Top_Environment
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Centered_Top_Environment
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-.
- This way was chosen so that the look is the same with each used screen
- font.
-
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margin
+LabelCounter
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-Static
-\emph default
-, Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box
+string=""
\end_layout
\end_inset
-]
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The kind of margin that the style has on the left side.
-
+] The name of the counter for automatic numbering.
+ In order to have the counter appear with your label, you will need to reference
+ it in the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Static
+
+\family typewriter
+LabelString
\end_layout
\end_inset
- just means a fixed margin.
-
+.
+ This will work with
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Manual
+LabelType
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means that the left margin depends on the string entered in the
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+s,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Settings
+Static
\end_layout
\end_inset
- dialog.
- This is used to typeset nice lists without tabulators.
-
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dynamic
+Above
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means that the margin depends on the size of the label.
- This is used for automatic enumerated headlines.
- It is obvious that the headline
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-5.4.3.2.1 Very long headline
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Centered
+\end_layout
- must have a wider left margin (as wide as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-5.4.3.2.1
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, at least.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- plus the space) than
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+This
+\emph on
+may
+\emph default
+ also be given if
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LabelType
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-3.2 Very long headline
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ is
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Enumerate
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-, even if standard
+, though this case is a bit complicated.
+ Suppose you declare
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-word processors
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- are not able to do this.
-
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-First_Dynamic
+LabelCounter myenum
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is similar, but only the very first row of the paragraph is dynamic, while
- the others are static; this is used, for example, for descriptions.
-
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Then the actual counters used are
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Right_Address_Box
+myenumi
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means the margin is chosen in a way that the longest row of this paragraph
- fits to the right margin.
- This is used to typeset an address on the right edge of the page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-NeedProtect
+myenumii
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+myenumiii
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+myenumiv
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Whether fragile commands in this style should be
+, much as in LaTeX.
+ These counters must all be declared separately.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Counters"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details on counters.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-protect
+LabelFont
\end_layout
\end_inset
-'ed.
- (Note: This is
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- whether this command should itself be protected.)
+ The font used for the label.
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Font-description"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Newline
+LabelIndent
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0
+string=""
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] Text that indicates how far a label should be indented.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-1
+LabelSep
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Whether newlines are translated into LaTeX newlines (
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-
-\backslash
-
+string=""
\end_layout
\end_inset
-) or not.
- The translation can be switched off to allow more comfortable LaTeX editing
- inside LyX.
+] Text that indicates the amount of horizontal space between the label and
+ the text body.
+ Only used for labels that are not above the text body.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-NextNoIndent
+LabelString
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+string=""
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] The string used for the label.
+ When
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+LabelCounter
\end_layout
\end_inset
-]
-\change_deleted 1414654397 1302985166
-Whether the following Paragraph is allowed to indent its very first row.
-
+ is set, this string can be contain the special formatting commands described
+ in
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Counters"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+LabelStringAppendix
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means that it is not allowed to do so;
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0
+string=""
\end_layout
\end_inset
- means it could do so if it wants to.
-\change_inserted 1414654397 1302985275
-If set to true, and if
+] This is used inside the appendix instead of
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\change_inserted 1414654397 1302985206
-DefaultStyle
-\change_unchanged
-
+LabelString
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (usually
+.
+ Note that every
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LabelString
+\end_layout
-\change_inserted 1414654397 1302985230
-Standard
-\change_unchanged
+\end_inset
+
+ statement resets
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LabelStringAppendix
\end_layout
\end_inset
-) paragraphs are being indented, then the indentation of such a paragraph
- following one of this type will be suppressed.
- (So this will not affect the display of non-default paragraphs.)
-\change_unchanged
-
+ too.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ObsoletedBy
+LabelTag
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Name of a style that has replaced this style.
- This is used to rename a style, while keeping backward compatibility.
+ [FIXME] (Used only with XML-type formats.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-OptionalArgs
+LabelType
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-int=0
-\end_layout
+\emph on
+No_Label
+\emph default
+, Manual, Static, Above,
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-] The number of optional arguments that can be used with this style.
- This is useful for things like section headings, and only makes sense with
- LaTeX.
- Note that, on output, the optional arguments will all precede any required
- arguments (see below).
- So one can have constructs like:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-mycmd[opt1]{req1}{contents of paragraph}
-\end_layout
+Centered, Sensitive, Enumerate,
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-but one cannot have things like:
+Itemize, Bibliography
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-mycmd[opt1]{req1}[opt2]{contents of paragraph}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-at least, not without ERT (with which you can have anything).
-
+]
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ParbreakIsNewline
+Manual
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ means the label is the very first word (up to the first real blank).
+ Use protected spaces if you want more than one word as the label.
+
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "des:ParbreakIsNewline"
-
-\end_inset
-
- [
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+Static
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ means the label is simply what is declared as
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+LabelString
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Indicates that paragraphs will not be separated by an empty line in LaTeX
- output, but only by a line break; together with
+.
+ This will be displayed
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+inline
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, at the beginning of the paragraph.
+ If the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PassThru 1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-, this allows to emulate a plain text editor (like the ERT inset).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ParIndent
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- [
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string=""
+LatexType
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The indent of the very first line of a paragraph.
- The
+ is
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Parindent
+Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
- will be fixed for a certain style.
- The exception is the default style, since the indentation for these paragraphs
- can be prohibited with
+, then it will be displayed only in the first paragraph of any sequence
+ of paragraphs with the same
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-NextNoIndent
+Style
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- Also,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Standard
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- style paragraphs inside environments use the
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Parindent
+Above
\end_layout
\end_inset
- of the environment, not their native one.
- For example,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Standard
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- paragraphs inside an enumeration are not indented.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Parsep
+Centered
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ are special cases of
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-float=0
+Static
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The vertical space between two paragraphs of this style.
+.
+ The label will be printed above the paragraph either at the beginning of
+ the line or centered.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Parskip
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- [
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-float=0
+Sensitive
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] LyX allows the user to choose either
+ is a special case for the caption-labels
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-indent
+Figure
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-skip
+Table
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to typeset a document.
- When
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-indent
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- is chosen, this value is completely ignored.
- When
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-skip
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
- is chosen, the parindent of a LaTeXtype
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Sensitive
+\end_layout
-Paragraph
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- style is ignored and all paragraphs are separated by this parskip argument.
- The vertical space is calculated with
+ means the (hardcoded) label string depends on the kind of float: It is
+ hardcoded to be `FloatType N', where N is the value of the counter associated
+ with the float.
+ For the case that a caption is inserted outside of a float the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-value
-\begin_inset space ~
+LabelString
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-* DefaultHeight
-\end_layout
+ will appear as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Senseless!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- where
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-DefaultHeight
+Enumerate
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is the height of a row with the normal font.
- This way, the look stays the same with different screen fonts.
+ produces the usual sort of enumeration labels.
+ At present, it is hardcoded to use Arabic numerals, lowercase letters,
+ small Roman numerals, and uppercase letters for the four possible depths.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PassThru
+Itemize
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "des:PassThru"
-
-\end_inset
+ produces various bullets at the different levels.
+ It is also hardcoded.
+\end_layout
-[
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+Bibliography
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ should be used only with
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+LatexType BibEnvironment
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Whether the contents of this paragraph should be output in raw form, meaning
- without special translations that LaTeX would require.
+.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Preamble
+LangPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "des:Preamble"
+ Note that this will completely override any prior
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LangPreamble
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Information to be included in the LaTeX preamble when this style is used.
- Used to define macros, load packages, etc., required by this particular
- style.
+ declaration for this style.
Must end with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EndPreamble
+EndLangPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:I18n"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details on its use.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-RefPrefix
+LatexName
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+<name>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The prefix to use when creating labels referring to paragraphs of this
- type.
- This allows the use of formatted references.
+] The name of the corresponding LaTeX stuff.
+ Either the environment or command name.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-RequiredArgs
+LatexParam
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-int=0
+<parameter>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The number of required arguments that the LaTeX command or environment
- corresponding to this style expects.
- In the case of a command, these are required arguments
-\emph on
-other than
-\emph default
- that associated with the content of the paragraph itself.
- These do not actually have to be provided: LyX will output empty arguments
- if necessary.
- Note that optional arguments will be output before required arguments.
- See the discussion of the
+] An optional parameter for the corresponding
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-OptionalArgs
+LatexName
\end_layout
\end_inset
- tag above for more information.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ stuff.
+ This parameter cannot be changed from within LyX (use
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Requires
+Argument
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ for customizable parameters).
+ This will be output as is after all LaTeX
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+Argument
\end_layout
\end_inset
-]
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "des:Requires"
-
-\end_inset
+s.
+\end_layout
-Whether the style requires the feature
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+LatexType
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- See the description of
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Provides
-\end_layout
+\emph on
+Paragraph
+\emph default
+, Command, Environment, Item_Environment,
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- above (page
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "des:FreeSpacing"
+List_Environment, Bib_Environment
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-) for information on `features'.
-
-\end_layout
+] How the style should be translated into LaTeX.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-RightMargin
+LatexType
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string=""
+ is perhaps a bit misleading, since these rules apply to SGML classes, too.
+ Visit the SGML class files for specific examples.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Similar to
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LeftMargin
+Paragraph
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+ means nothing special.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing
+Command
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ means
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\emph on
-single
-\emph default
-, onehalf, double, other
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\backslash
-
\emph on
-value
+LatexName
\emph default
-] This defines what the default spacing should be in the style.
- The arguments
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-single
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-onehalf
+{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-double
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- correspond respectively to a multiplier value of 1, 1.25 and 1.667.
- If you specify the argument
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-other
+Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, then you should also provide a numerical argument which will be the actual
- multiplier value.
- Note that, contrary to other parameters,
+ means
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- implies the generation of specific LaTeX code, using the package
-\family roman
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\backslash
+begin{
+\emph on
+LatexName
+\emph default
+}\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-setspace.sty
+\backslash
+end{
+\emph on
+LatexName
+\emph default
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spellcheck
+Item_Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ is the same as
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0
+Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+, except that an
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\emph on
-1
+\backslash
+item
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Spellcheck paragraphs of this style.
- Default is true.
+ is generated for each paragraph of this environment.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TextFont
+List_Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The font used for the text body .
- See section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Font-description"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ is the same as
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TocLevel
+Item_Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
+, except that
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
-\series medium
-
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series medium
-[int]
+LabelWidthString
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ is passed as an argument to the environment.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\series default
- The level of the style in the table of contents.
- This is used for automatic numbering of section headings.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TopSep
+LabelWidthString
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+ can be defined in the
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-float=0
-\end_layout
-
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-] The vertical space with which the very first of a chain of paragraphs
- with this style is separated from the previous paragraph.
- If the previous paragraph has another style, the separations are not simply
- added, but the maximum is taken.
+settings
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:I18n"
-
\end_inset
-Internationalization of Paragraph Styles
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX has long supported internationalization of layout information, but,
- until version 2.0, this applied only to the user interface and not to, say,
- PDF output.
- Thus, French authors were forced to resort to ugly hacks if they wanted
- `
-\lang french
-Théorème
-\lang english
- 1' instead of `Theorem 1'.
- Thanks to Georg Baum, that is no longer the case.
+ dialog.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If a
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Style
+Bib_Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
- defines text that is to appear in the typeset document, it may use
+ is like
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LangPreamble
+Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-BabelPreamble
-\end_layout
-
+ but adds additionally the necessary mandatory argument (the longest label)
+ to the begin statement of the bibliography environment:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- to support non-English and even multi-language documents correctly.
- The following excerpt (from the
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-theorems-ams.inc
+
+\backslash
+begin{thebibliography}{99}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- file) shows how this works:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Preamble
-\end_layout
+ It is therefore only useful for bibliography environments.
+ The default longest label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-theoremstyle{remark}
-\end_layout
+99
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-newtheorem{claim}[thm]{
-\backslash
-protect
-\backslash
-claimname}
+ can be changed by the user in the paragraph settings of a bibliography
+ item.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-EndPreamble
+\begin_layout Standard
+Putting the last few things together, the LaTeX output will be either:
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
-LangPreamble
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-providecommand{
\backslash
-claimname}{_(Claim)}
+LatexName[LatexParam]{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-EndLangPreamble
+\begin_layout Standard
+or:
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
-BabelPreamble
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
-addto
-\backslash
-captions$$lang{
\backslash
-renewcommand{
+begin{LatexName}[LatexParam] \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
\backslash
-claimname}{_(Claim)}}
+end{LatexName}.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-EndBabelPreamble
+\begin_layout Standard
+depending upon the LaTeX type.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-In principle, any legal LaTeX may appear in the
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LangPreamble
+LeftDelim
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-BabelPreamble
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- tags, but in practice they will typically look as they do here.
- The key to correct translation of the typeset text is the definition of
- the LaTeX command
+] A string that is put at the beginning of the style content.
+ A line break in the output can be indicated by
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-claimname
+<br/>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and its use in
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-newtheorem
+LeftMargin
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LangPreamble
+string=""
\end_layout
\end_inset
- tag provides for internationalization based upon the overall language of
- the document.
- The contents of the tag will be included in the preamble, just as with
- the
+] If you put styles into environments, the different
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Preamble
+LeftMargin
\end_layout
\end_inset
- tag.
- What makes it special is the use of the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-function
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ are not simply added, but added with a factor
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{4}{\mathrm{depth}+4}$
\end_inset
-
+.
+ Note that this parameter is also used when
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-_()
+Margin
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, which will be replaced, when LyX produces LaTeX output, with the translation
- of its argument into the document language.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+ is defined as
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-BabelPreamble
+Manual
\end_layout
\end_inset
- tag is more complex, since it is meant to provide support for multi-language
- documents and so offers an interface to the
+ or
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-babel
+Dynamic
\end_layout
\end_inset
- package.
- Its contents will be added to the preamble once for each language that
- appears in the document.
- In this case, the argument to
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-_()
-\end_layout
+.
+ Then it is added to the manual or dynamic margin.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+For example
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- will be replaced with its translation into the language in question; the
- expression
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$lang
+MM
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is replaced by the language name (as used by the babel package).
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A German document that also included a French section would thus have the
- following in the preamble:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ means that the paragraph is indented with the width of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-addto
-\backslash
-captionsfrench{
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-claimname}{Affirmation}}
-\backslash
-addto
-\backslash
-captionsngerman{
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-claimname}{Behauptung}}
-\backslash
-providecommand{
-\backslash
-claimname}{Behauptung}
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-babel
+MM
\end_layout
\end_inset
- will then conspire to produce the correct text in the output.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-One important point to note here is that the translations are provided by
- LyX itself, through the same mechanism it uses for internationalization
- of the user interface.
- This means, in effect, that
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LangPreamble
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ in the normal font.
+ You can get a negative width by prefixing the string with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- and
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-BabelPreamble
+-
\end_layout
\end_inset
- are really only of use in layout files that are provided with LyX, since
- text entered in user-created layout files will not be seen by LyX's internation
-alization routines.
- That said, however, any layout created with the intention that it will
- be included with LyX should use these tags where appropriate.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Floats"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+.
+ This way was chosen so that the look is the same with each used screen
+ font.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Since version 1.3.0 of LyX, it is has been both possible and necessary to
- define the floats (
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-figure
+Margin
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-table
+
+\emph on
+Static
+\emph default
+, Manual, Dynamic, First_Dynamic, Right_Address_Box
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-) in the text class itself.
- Standard floats are included in the file
+]
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+The kind of margin that the style has on the left side.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-stdfloats.inc
+Static
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, so you may have to do no more than add
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Input stdfloats.inc
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-to your layout file.
- If you want to implement a text class that proposes some other float types
- (like the AGU class bundled with LyX), the information below will hopefully
- help you:
+ just means a fixed margin.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Extension
+Manual
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+ means that the left margin depends on the string entered in the
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Settings
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-] The file name extension of an auxiliary file for the list of figures (or
- whatever).
- LaTeX writes the captions to this file.
+ dialog.
+ This is used to typeset nice lists without tabulators.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-GuiName
+Dynamic
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+ means that the margin depends on the size of the label.
+ This is used for automatic enumerated headlines.
+ It is obvious that the headline
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
-\end_layout
+5.4.3.2.1 Very long headline
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ must have a wider left margin (as wide as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-=
+5.4.3.2.1
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ plus the space) than
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+3.2 Very long headline
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-] The string that will be used in the menus and also for the caption.
- This is translated to the current language if babel is used.
+, even if standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+word processors
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ are not able to do this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTML*
+First_Dynamic
\end_layout
\end_inset
- These are used for XHTML output.
- See
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
+ is similar, but only the very first row of the paragraph is dynamic, while
+ the others are static; this is used, for example, for descriptions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-IsPredefined
+Right_Address_Box
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
-\emph on
+ means the margin is chosen in a way that the longest row of this paragraph
+ fits to the right margin.
+ This is used to typeset an address on the right edge of the page.
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0
+NeedProtect
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\emph default
-,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-] Indicates whether the float is already defined in the document class or
- if we instead need to load
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-float.sty
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and use what it provides to define it on-the-fly.
- The default is
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0
-\end_layout
-
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-, which means: use
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-float.sty
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- It should be set to
+] Whether fragile commands in this style should be
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+
+\backslash
+protect
\end_layout
\end_inset
- if the float is already defined by the LaTeX document class.
+'ed.
+ (Note: This is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ whether this command should itself be protected.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ListCommand
+Newline
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-] The command used to generate a list of floats of this type; the leading
- `
-\backslash
-' should be omitted.
- This
-\emph on
-must
-\emph default
- be given if
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-UsesFloatPkg
+
+\emph on
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is false, since there is no standard way to generate this command.
- It is ignored if
+] Whether newlines are translated into LaTeX newlines (
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-UsesFloatPkg
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is true, since in that case there is a standard way to define the command.
+) or not.
+ The translation can be switched off to allow more comfortable LaTeX editing
+ inside LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ListName
+NextNoIndent
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\emph on
+0
+\end_layout
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-] A title for a list of floats of this kind (list of figures, tables, or
- whatever).
- It is used for the screen label within LyX; it is passed to LaTeX for use
- as the title there; and it is used as the title in XHTML output.
- It will be translated to the document language.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-NumberWithin
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+] If set to true, and if
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+DefaultStyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-] This (optional) argument determines whether floats of this class will
- be numbered within some sectional unit of the document.
- For example, if within is equal to
+ (usually
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-chapter
+Standard
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, the floats will be numbered within chapters.
-
+) paragraphs are being indented, then the indentation of such a paragraph
+ following one of this type will be suppressed.
+ (So this will not affect the display of non-default paragraphs.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Placement
+ObsoletedBy
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+<name>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+] Name of a style that has replaced this style.
+ This is used to rename a style, while keeping backward compatibility.
+\end_layout
-] The default placement for the given class of floats.
- The string should be as in standard LaTeX:
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-t
+ParbreakIsNewline
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-b
+
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-p
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
+] Indicates that paragraphs will not be separated by an empty line in LaTeX
+ output, but only by a line break; together with
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-h
+PassThru 1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for top, bottom, page, and here, respectively.
-\begin_inset Foot
+, this allows to emulate a plain text editor (like the ERT inset).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that the order of these letters in the string is irrelevant, like in
- LaTeX.
+ParIndent
\end_layout
\end_inset
- On top of that there is a new type,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-H
+string=""
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, which does not really correspond to a float, since it means: put it
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+] The indent of the very first line of a paragraph.
+ The
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-here
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- and nowhere else.
- Note however that the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-H
+Parindent
\end_layout
\end_inset
- specifier is special and, because of implementation details, cannot be
- used in non-built in float types.
- If you do not understand what this means, just use
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ will be fixed for a certain style.
+ The exception is the default style, since the indentation for these paragraphs
+ can be prohibited with
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tbp
+NextNoIndent
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ Also,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-RefPrefix
+Standard
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ style paragraphs inside environments use the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+Parindent
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The prefix to use when creating labels referring to floats of this type.
- This allows the use of formatted references.
- Note that you can remove any
+ of the environment, not their native one.
+ For example,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-RefPrefix
+Standard
\end_layout
\end_inset
- set by a copied style by using the special value
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-OFF
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, which must be all caps.
+ paragraphs inside an enumeration are not indented.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Style
+ParSep
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-] The style used when defining the float using
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-newfloat
+float=0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+] The vertical space between two paragraphs of this style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Type
+Parskip
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+float=0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+] LyX allows the user to choose either
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
+indent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-] The
+ or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-type
+skip
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of the new class of floats, like program or algorithm.
- After the appropriate
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-newfloat
-\end_layout
+ to separate paragraphs.
+ When
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+indent
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, commands such as
+ is chosen,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-begin{program}
+Parskip
\end_layout
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-end{algorithm*}
-\end_layout
-
+ is ignored.
+ When
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- will be available.
-\end_layout
+skip
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
+ is chosen,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-UsesFloatPkg
+ParIndent
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ is ignored and all paragraphs are separated by the
\begin_inset Flex Code
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0
+Parskip
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ argument.
+ The vertical space is calculated with
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Parskip
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\emph on
-1
+* DefaultHeight
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Tells us whether this float is defined using the facilities provided by
-
+ where
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-float.sty
+DefaultHeight
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, either by the class file or a package, or on-the-fly by LyX itself.
+ is the height of a row with the normal font.
+ This way, the look stays the same with different screen fonts.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that defining a float with type
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-type
+PassThru
\end_layout
\end_inset
- automatically defines the corresponding counter with name
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on
-type
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Flex insets and InsetLayout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Flex-insets-and"
-
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX has supported character styles since version 1.4.0; as of version 1.6.0,
- these are called Flex insets.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Flex insets come in three different kinds:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-character style (
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-CharStyle
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-): These define semantic markup corresponding to such LaTeX commands as
-
+] Whether the contents of this paragraph should be output in raw form, meaning
+ without special translations that LaTeX would require.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-noun
+Preamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
+ Information to be included in the LaTeX preamble when this style is used.
+ Used to define macros, load packages, etc., required by this particular
+ style.
+ Must end with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-code
+EndPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-user custom (
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Custom
+RefPrefix
\end_layout
\end_inset
-): These can be used to define custom collapsible insets, similar to TeX
- code, footnote, and the like.
- An obvious example is an endnote inset, which is defined in the
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-endnote
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- module.
+] The prefix to use when creating labels referring to paragraphs of this
+ type.
+ This allows the use of formatted references.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-XML elements (
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Element
+Requires
\end_layout
\end_inset
-): For use with DocBook classes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Flex insets are defined using the
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InsetLayout
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- tag, which shall be explained in a moment.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+] Whether the style requires the feature
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InsetLayout
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- tag also serves another function: It can be used to customize the general
- layout of many different types of insets.
- Currently,
+.
+ See the description of
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InsetLayout
+Provides
\end_layout
\end_inset
- can be used to customize the layout parameters for footnotes, marginal
- notes, note insets, TeX code (ERT) insets, branches, listings, indexes,
- boxes, tables, algorithms, URLs, and optional arguments, as well as to
- define Flex insets.
+ above (
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:General-text-class"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) for information on `features'.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InsetLayout
+ResetArgs
\end_layout
\end_inset
- definition must begin with a line of the form:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-InsetLayout <Type>
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<Type>
+
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
- indicates the inset whose layout is being defined, and here there are two
- cases.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-The layout for a pre-existing inset is being modified.
- In this case, can be
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<Type>
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- any one of the following:
+] Resets the LaTeX arguments of this style (as defined via the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Algorithm
+Argument
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ tag).
+ This is useful if you have copied a style via
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Branch
+CopyStyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+, but you do not want to inherit its (required and optional) arguments.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Box
+RightDelim
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Box:shaded
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] A string that is put at the end of the layout content.
+ A line break in the output can be indicated by
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ERT
+<br/>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Figure
+RightMargin
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Foot
+string=""
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] Similar to
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index
+LeftMargin
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Info
+Spacing
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Info:menu
+
+\emph on
+single
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Info:shortcut
+onehalf
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Info:shortcuts
+double
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Listings
-\end_layout
-
+other
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Marginal
+<value>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] This defines what the default spacing should be in the style.
+ The arguments
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note:Comment
+single
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note:Note
+onehalf
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note:Greyedout
+double
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ correspond respectively to a multiplier value of 1, 1.25 and 1.667.
+ If you specify the argument
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-OptArg
+other
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+, then you must also provide a value argument which will be the actual multiplie
+r value.
+ Note that, contrary to other parameters,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Table
+Spacing
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, or
+ implies the generation of specific LaTeX code, using the LaTeX package
+
+\family roman
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-URL
+setspace
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-The layout for a Flex inset is being defined.
- In this case,
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<Type>
+Spellcheck
\end_layout
\end_inset
- must be of the form
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Flex:<name>
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-, where
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-name
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
- may be be any valid identifier not used by a pre-existing Flex inset.
- The identifier may include spaces, but in that case the whole thing must
- be wrapped in quotes.
- Note that the definition of a flex inset
\emph on
-must
-\emph default
-also include a
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyXType
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- entry, declaring which type of inset it defines.
+] Allow spell-checking paragraphs of this style.
+ Default is true.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InsetLayout
+TextFont
\end_layout
\end_inset
- definition can contain the following entries:
+ The font used for the text body .
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Font-description"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-BgColor
+TocLevel
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The color for the inset's background.
- The valid colors are defined in
+
+\series medium
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-src/ColorCode.h
+
+\series medium
+int=3
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+]
+\series default
+ The level of the style in the table of contents.
+ This is used for automatic numbering of section headings.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ContentAsLabel
+TopSep
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+float=0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+] The vertical space with which the very first of a chain of paragraphs
+ with this style is separated from the previous paragraph.
+ If the previous paragraph has another style, the separations are not simply
+ added, but the maximum is taken.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:I18n"
+
\end_inset
-] Whether to use the content of the inset as the label, when the inset is
- closed.
- Default is false.
+Internationalization of Paragraph Styles
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX has long supported internationalization of layout information, but,
+ until version 2.0, this applied only to the user interface and not to, say,
+ PDF output.
+ Thus, French authors were forced to resort to ugly hacks if they wanted
+ `
+\lang french
+Théorème
+\lang english
+ 1' instead of `Theorem 1'.
+ Thanks to Georg Baum, that is no longer the case.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If a
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-CopyStyle
+Style
\end_layout
\end_inset
- As with paragraph styles (see page
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "des:CopyStyle"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ defines text that is to appear in the typeset document, it may use
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-CustomPars
+LangPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+BabelPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ to support non-English and even multi-language documents correctly.
+ The following excerpt (from the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+theorems-ams.inc
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Indicates whether the user may employ the Paragraph Settings dialog to
- customize the paragraph.
+ file) shows how this works:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Preamble
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Decoration
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\backslash
+theoremstyle{remark}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\backslash
+newtheorem{claim}[thm]{
+\backslash
+protect
+\backslash
+claimname}
+\end_layout
- can be
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+EndPreamble
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Classic
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+LangPreamble
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\backslash
+providecommand{
+\backslash
+claimname}{_(Claim)}
+\end_layout
-,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+EndLangPreamble
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Minimalistic
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+BabelPreamble
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\backslash
+addto
+\backslash
+captions$$lang{
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+claimname}{_(Claim)}}
+\end_layout
-, or
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+EndBabelPreamble
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+In principle, any legal LaTeX may appear in the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Conglomerate
+LangPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, describing the rendering style used for the inset's frame and buttons.
- Footnotes generally use
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Classic
+BabelPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, ERT insets generally
+ tags, but in practice they will typically look as they do here.
+ The key to correct translation of the typeset text is the definition of
+ the LaTeX command
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Minimalistic
+
+\backslash
+claimname
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, and character styles
+ and its use in
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Conglomerate
+
+\backslash
+newtheorem
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Display
+LangPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ tag provides for internationalization based upon the overall language of
+ the document.
+ The contents of the tag will be included in the preamble, just as with
+ the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0
+Preamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ tag.
+ What makes it special is the use of the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+function
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-1
+_()
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Only useful if
+, which will be replaced, when LyX produces LaTeX output, with the translation
+ of its argument into the document language.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexType
+BabelPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is
+ tag is more complex, since it is meant to provide support for multi-language
+ documents and so offers an interface to the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Environment
+babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Indicates whether the environment will stand on its own in LaTeX output
- or will appear inline with the surrounding text.
- If set to false, it is supposed that the LaTeX environment ignores white
- space (including one newline character) after the
+ package.
+ Its contents will be added to the preamble once for each language that
+ appears in the document.
+ In this case, the argument to
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-begin{
-\emph on
-LatexName
-\emph default
-}
+_()
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
+ will be replaced with its translation into the language in question; the
+ expression
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-end{
-\emph on
-LatexName
-\emph default
-}
+$$lang
\end_layout
\end_inset
- tags.
- Default is true.
+ is replaced by the language name (as used by the babel package).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-End
+\begin_layout Standard
+A German document that also included a French section would thus have the
+ following in the preamble:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\backslash
+addto
+\backslash
+captionsfrench{
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+claimname}{Affirmation}}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+addto
+\backslash
+captionsngerman{
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+claimname}{Behauptung}}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- Required at the end of the InsetLayout declarations.
+
+\backslash
+providecommand{
+\backslash
+claimname}{Behauptung}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+LaTeX and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
+babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The font used for both the text body
-\emph on
-and
-\emph default
- the label.
- See section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ will then conspire to produce the correct text in the output.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+One important point to note here is that the translations are provided by
+ LyX itself, through the file
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Font-description"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+layouttranslations
+\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- Note that defining this font automatically defines the
+ This means, in effect, that
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelFont
+LangPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- to the same value, so define this first and define
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelFont
+BabelPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- later if you want them to be different.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ are really only of use in layout files that are provided with LyX, since
+ text entered in user-created layout files will not be seen by LyX's internation
+alization routines unless the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ForceLTR
+layouttranslations
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Force the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ file is modified accordingly.
+ That said, however, any layout created with the intention that it will
+ be included with LyX should use these tags where appropriate.
+ Please note that the paragraph style translations provided by LyX will
+ never change with a minor update (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-latex
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
- language, leading to Left-to-Right (latin) output, e.
+from version 2.1.x to 2.1.y).
+ It is however quite likely that a major update (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-in TeX code or URL.
- A kludge.
+from 2.0.x to 2.1.y) will introduce new translations or corrections.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is necessary to define the floats (
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ForcePlain
+figure
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+,
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+table
+\end_layout
-\emph on
-0
+\end_inset
+
+, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+) in the text class itself.
+ Standard floats are included in the file
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+stdfloats.inc
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+, so you may have to do no more than add
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Input stdfloats.inc
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+to your layout file.
+ If you want to implement a text class that proposes some other float types
+ (like the AGU class bundled with LyX), the information below will hopefully
+ help you:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+Extension
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Indicates whether the
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PlainLayout
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- should be used or, instead, the user can change the paragraph style used
- in the inset.
- Default is false.
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+] The file name extension of an auxiliary file for the list of figures (or
+ whatever).
+ LaTeX writes the captions to this file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-FreeSpacing
+GuiName
\end_layout
\end_inset
- As with paragraph styles (see page
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "des:FreeSpacing"
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-).
- Default is false.
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+] The string that will be used in the menus and also for the caption.
+ This is translated to the current language if babel is used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
- These tags control XHTML output.
- See section
+ These tags control the XHTML output.
+ See
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InToc
+IsPredefined
\end_layout
\end_inset
[
+\emph on
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
0
\end_layout
\end_inset
+
+\emph default
,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\end_inset
-] Whether to include the contents of this inset in the strings generated
- for the `Outline' pane.
- One would not, for example, want the content of a footnote in a section
- header to be included in the TOC displayed in the outline, but one would
- normally want the content of a character style displayed.
- Default is false: not to include.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+] Indicates whether the float is already defined in the document class or
+ if instead the LaTeX package
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-KeepEmpty
+float
\end_layout
\end_inset
- As with paragraph styles (see page
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "des:KeepEmpty"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- Default is false.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ needs to be loaded to define it on-the-fly.
+ The default is
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelFont
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The font used for the label.
- See section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
+, which means:
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Font-description"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+float
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Note that this definition can never appear before
+ is used.
+ It should be set to
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, lest it be ineffective.
+ if the float is already defined by the LaTeX document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelString
+ListCommand
\end_layout
\end_inset
- What will be displayed on the button or elsewhere as the inset label.
- Some inset types (
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TeX code
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+] The command used to generate a list of floats of this type; the leading
+ `
+\backslash
+' must be omitted.
+ This
+\emph on
+must
+\emph default
+ be given if
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Branch
+UsesFloatPkg
\end_layout
\end_inset
-) modify this label on the fly.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ is false, since there is no standard way to generate this command.
+ It is ignored if
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexName
+UsesFloatPkg
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The name of the corresponding LaTeX stuff.
- Either the environment or command name.
+ is true, since in that case there is a standard way to define the command.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexParam
+ListName
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The optional parameter for the corresponding
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexName
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- stuff, including possible bracket pairs like
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-[]
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- This parameter cannot be changed from within LyX.
+] A title for a list of floats of this kind (list of figures, tables, or
+ whatever).
+ It is used for the screen label within LyX, it is used by LaTeX for the
+ title and it is used as the title in the XHTML output.
+ It will be translated to the document language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LatexType
+NumberWithin
\end_layout
\end_inset
- As with paragraph styles (see page
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "des:LatexType"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyxType
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Can be
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-charstyle
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
+] This (optional) argument determines whether floats of this class will
+ be numbered within some sectional unit of the document.
+ For example, if
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-custom
+NumberWithin
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ is set to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-element
+chapter
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, or
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-end
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (indicating a dummy definition ending definitions of charstyles, etc).
- This entry is required in and is only meaningful for Flex insets.
- Among other things, it determines on which menu this inset will appear.
- Setting
+, the floats will be numbered within chapters.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyXType
+Placement
\end_layout
\end_inset
- to
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-charstyle
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- will set
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-MultiPar
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to false.
-
+] The default placement for the given class of floats.
+ The string should be as in standard LaTeX:
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-MultiPar
+t
\end_layout
\end_inset
- can be set to true for charstyle insets, if you wish, by setting it
-\emph on
-after
-\emph default
- you set the
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyXType
+b
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-MultiPar
+p
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+h
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+ for top, bottom, page, and here, respectively.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+Note that the order of these letters in the string is irrelevant, like in
+ LaTeX.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Whether multiple paragraphs are permitted in this inset.
- This will also set
+ On top of that there is a new type,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-CustomPars
+H
\end_layout
\end_inset
- to the same value and
+, which does not really correspond to a float, since it means: put it
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+here
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and nowhere else.
+ Note however that the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ForcePlain
+H
\end_layout
\end_inset
- to the opposite value.
- These can be reset to other values, if they are used
-\emph on
-after
-\emph default
-
+ specifier is special and, because of implementation details, cannot be
+ used in non-built in float types.
+ If you do not understand what this means, just use
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-MultiPar
+tbp
\end_layout
\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
.
- Default is true.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-NeedProtect
+RefPrefix
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] The prefix to use when creating labels referring to floats of this type.
+ This allows the use of formatted references.
+ Note that you can remove any
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+RefPrefix
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Whether fragile commands in this inset should be
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-protect
-\end_layout
+ set by a copied style by using the special value
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+OFF
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-'ed.
- (Note: This is
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- whether the command should itself be protected.) Default is false.
+, which must be all caps.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ParbreakIsNewline
+Style
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\end_layout
-
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-] As with paragraph styles (see page
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "des:ParbreakIsNewline"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- Default is false.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+] The style used when defining the float using
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PassThru
+
+\backslash
+newfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-,
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+Type
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] As with paragraph styles (see page
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "des:PassThru"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- Default is false.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Preamble
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- As with paragraph styles (see page
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "des:Preamble"
-
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-RefPrefix
-\end_layout
+] The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+type
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- [
+ of the new class of floats, like program or algorithm.
+ After the appropriate
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+
+\backslash
+newfloat
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The prefix to use when creating labels referring to insets of this type.
- This allows the use of formatted references.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+, commands such as
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Requires
+
+\backslash
+begin{program}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ or
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-] As with paragraph styles (see page
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "des:Requires"
+\backslash
+end{algorithm*}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-).
+ will be available.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ResetsFont
+UsesFloatPkg
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\end_inset
-] Whether this inset should use the font of its surrounding environment
- or uses its own.
- Default is true: uses its own.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+] Specifies whether this float is defined using the LaTeX package
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spellcheck
+float
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+, either by the class file, another package or on-the-fly by LyX itself.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that defining a float with type
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0
+
+\emph on
+type
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ automatically defines the corresponding counter with name
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on
-1
+type
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Spellcheck the contents of this inset.
- Default is true.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Counters
+Flex insets and InsetLayout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Counters"
+name "sub:Flex-insets-and"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Since version 1.3.0 of LyX, it is both possible and necessary to define the
- counters (
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+Flex insets come in three different kinds:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+character style (
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-chapter
+CharStyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+): These define semantic markup corresponding to such LaTeX commands as
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-figure
+
+\backslash
+noun
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-) in the text class itself.
- The standard counters are defined in the file
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-stdcounters.inc
+
+\backslash
+code
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, so you may have to do no more than add
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Input stdcounters.inc
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+user custom (
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-to your layout file to get them to work.
- But if you want to define custom counters, then you can do so.
- The counter declaration must begin with:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Custom
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Counter CounterName
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-where of course `
+): These can be used to define custom collapsible insets, similar to TeX
+ code, footnote, and the like.
+ An obvious example is an endnote inset, which is defined in the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-CounterName
+endnote
\end_layout
\end_inset
-' is replaced by the name of the counter.
- And it must end with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+ module.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+XML elements (
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-End
+Element
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The following parameters can also be used:
+): For use with DocBook classes.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+Flex insets are defined using the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelString
+InsetLayout
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ tag, which shall be explained in a moment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+InsetLayout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-] When defined, this string defines how the counter is displayed.
- Setting this value sets
+ tag also serves another function: It can be used to customize the general
+ layout of many different types of insets.
+ Currently,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelStringAppendix
+InsetLayout
\end_layout
\end_inset
- to the same value.
- The following special constructs can be used in the string:
+ can be used to customize the layout parameters for footnotes, marginal
+ notes, note insets, TeX code (ERT) insets, branches, listings, indexes,
+ boxes, tables, algorithms, URLs, and captions, as well as to define Flex
+ insets.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-thecounter
+InsetLayout
\end_layout
\end_inset
- will be replaced by the expansion of the
+ definition must begin with a line of the form:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+InsetLayout <type>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelString
+<Type>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (or
+ indicates the inset whose layout is being defined, and here there are four
+ cases.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The layout for a pre-existing inset is being modified.
+ In this case, can be
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelStringAppendix
+<Type>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-) of the counter
+ any one of the following:
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-counter
+Algorithm
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-counter values can be expressed using LaTeX-like macros
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-
-\emph on
-numbertype
-\emph default
-{
-\emph on
-counter
-\emph default
-}
+Branch
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, where
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-numbertype
+Box
\end_layout
\end_inset
- can be:
-\begin_inset Foot
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Actually, the situation is a bit more complicated: any
-\family default
-\series default
-\shape default
-\emph default
-\bar default
-
-\size default
-\emph on
-\noun default
-\color inherit
-numbertype
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
- other than those described below will produce arabic numerals.
- It would not be surprising to see this change in the future.
+Box:shaded
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-arabic
+Caption:Standard
\end_layout
\end_inset
-: 1, 2, 3,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-;
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-alph
+ERT
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for lower-case letters: a, b, c, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-;
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Alph
+Figure
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for upper-case letters: A, B, C, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-;
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-roman
+Foot
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for lower-case roman numerals: i, ii, iii, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-;
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roman
+Index
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for upper-case roman numerals: I, II, III\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-;
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-hebrew
+Info
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for hebrew numerals.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-If LabelString is not defined, a default value is constructed as follows:
- if the counter has a master counter
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-master
+Info:menu
\end_layout
\end_inset
- (defined via
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Within
+Info:shortcut
\end_layout
\end_inset
-), the string
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-themaster.
-\backslash
-arabic{counter}
+Info:shortcuts
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is used; otherwise the string
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-arabic{counter}
+Listings
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is used.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelStringAppendix
+Marginal
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+Note:Comment
\end_layout
\end_inset
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-] Same as
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelString
+Note:Note
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, but for use in the Appendix.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PrettyFormat
+Note:Greyedout
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+Table
\end_layout
\end_inset
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-] A format for use with formatted references to this counter.
- For example, one might want to have references to section numbers appear
- as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Section 2.4
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+, or
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-.
- The string should contain
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+URL
+\end_layout
-##
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- This will be replaced by the counter number itself.
- So, for sections, it would be: Section ##.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The layout for a Flex inset is being defined.
+ In this case,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Within
+<Type>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ must be of the form
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+Flex:<name>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-] If this is set to the name of another counter, the present counter will
- be reset every time the other one is increased.
- For example,
+, where
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-subsection
+name
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is numbered inside
+ may be be any valid identifier not used by a pre-existing Flex inset.
+ The identifier may include spaces, but in that case the whole thing must
+ be wrapped in quotes.
+ Note that the definition of a flex inset
+\emph on
+must
+\emph default
+also include a
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-section
+LyXType
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+ entry, declaring which type of inset it defines.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Font description
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Font-description"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A font description looks like this:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The layout for user specific branch is being defined.
+ In this case,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Font
-\family roman
-\emph on
-or
-\family default
-\emph default
- LabelFont
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<Type>
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- ...
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-EndFont
-\end_layout
+ must be of the form
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The following commands are available:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color
+Branch:<name>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, where
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-none
+name
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ may be be any valid identifier of branch defined in user's document.
+ The identifier may include spaces, but in that case the whole thing must
+ be wrapped in quotes.
+ The main purpose of this feature is to allow LaTeX wrapping around specific
+ branches as user needs.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The layout of a user (or class) specific caption is being defined.
+ In this case,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-black
+<Type>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ must be of the form
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-white
+Caption:<name>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, where
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-red
+name
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ specifies the name of the caption as it appears in the menu.
+ Have a look at the standard caption (
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-green
+Caption:Standard
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+), the specific captions of the KOMA-Script classes (
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-blue
+Caption:Above
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-cyan
+Caption:Below
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+) or the module
+\family sans
+Multilingual
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Captions
+\family default
+(
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-magenta
+Caption:Bicaption
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+) for applications.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-yellow
+InsetLayout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-]
+ definition can contain the following entries:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Family
+Argument
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-Roman
+int
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] Defines argument number of a command\SpecialChar \slash{}
+environment associated with the current
+ layout.
+ The definition must end with
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Sans
+EndArgument
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typewriter
-\end_layout
+.
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
\end_inset
-]
+ for details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Misc
+BabelPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
-\end_layout
+ Preamble for changing language commands; see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:I18n"
\end_inset
-] Valid arguments are:
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-emph
+BgColor
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-noun
+<name>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] The color for the inset's background.
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Names-of-colors"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a list of the available color names.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-underbar
+ContentAsLabel
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-no_emph
+
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-no_noun
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
+] Whether to use the content of the inset as the label, when the inset is
+ closed.
+ Default is false.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-no_bar
+CopyStyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Each of these turns on or off the corresponding attribute.
- For example,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-emph
+<type>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- turns on emphasis, and
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+] As with paragraph styles, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-no_emph
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+.
+ Note that you need to specify the complete type, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- turns it off.
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+g.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-If the latter seems puzzling, remember that the font settings for the present
- context are generally inherited from the surrounding context.
- So
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-no_emph
+CopyStyle Flex:<name>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- would turn off the emphasis that was anyway in effect, say, in a theorem
- environment.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Series
+CustomPars
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on
-Medium
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bold
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-]
+] Indicates whether the user may employ the Paragraph Settings dialog to
+ customize the paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Shape
+Decoration
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ can be
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-Up
+Classic
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Italic
+Minimalistic
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+, or
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SmallCaps
+Conglomerate
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+, describing the rendering style used for the inset's frame and buttons.
+ Footnotes generally use
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Slanted
+Classic
\end_layout
\end_inset
-]
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+, ERT insets generally
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Size
+Minimalistic
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+, and character styles
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tiny
+Conglomerate
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-small
+Display
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+,
\emph on
-normal
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-,
+
+\emph default
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-large
+
+\emph on
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+] Only useful if
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-larger
+LatexType
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ is
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-largest
+Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+.
+ Indicates whether the environment will stand on its own in the output or
+ will appear inline with the surrounding text.
+ If set to false, it is supposed that the LaTeX environment ignores white
+ space (including one newline character) after the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-huge
+
+\backslash
+begin{
+\emph on
+LatexName
+\emph default
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-,
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-giant
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-]
+\backslash
+end{
+\emph on
+LatexName
+\emph default
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Citation-format-description"
-
\end_inset
-Citation format description
+ tags.
+ Default is true.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-CiteFormat
+End
\end_layout
\end_inset
- blocks are used to describe how bibliographic information should be displayed,
- both within LyX itself (in the citation dialog and in tooltips, for example)
- and in XHTML output.
- Such a block might look like this:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-CiteFormat
-\end_layout
+ Required at the end of the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- article ...
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+InsetLayout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- book ...
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-End
+ declarations.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The individual lines define how the bibliographic information associated
- with an article or book, respectively, is to be displayed, and such a definitio
-n can be given for any `entry type' that might be present in a BibTeX file.
- LyX defines a default format in the source code that will be used if no
- specific definition has been given.
- LyX predefines several formats in the file
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-stdciteformats.inc
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, which is included in most of LyX's document classes.
-\end_layout
+ The font used for both the text body
+\emph on
+and
+\emph default
+ the label.
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Font-description"
-\begin_layout Standard
-The definitions use a simple language that allows BibTeX keys to be replaced
- with their values.
- Keys should be enclosed in
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Note that defining this font automatically defines the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-%
+LabelFont
\end_layout
\end_inset
- signs, e.g.:
+ to the same value, so define this first and define
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-%author%
+LabelFont
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- So a simple definition might look like this:
+ later if you want them to be different.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-misc %author%,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-%title
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ForceLocalFontSwitch
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This would print the author, followed by a comma, followed by the title,
- in quotes, followed by a period.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Of course, sometimes you may want to print a key only if it exists.
- This can be done by using a conditional construction, such as:
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{%volume%[[vol.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-%volume%]]}
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- This says: If the
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-volume
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- key exists, then print
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+] When using babel, always use a local font switch (
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-vol.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+foreignlanguage
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- followed by the volume key.
- It is also possible to have an else clause in the conditional, such as:
-
+), never a global one (such as
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{%author%[[%author%]][[%editor%, ed.]]}
+
+\backslash
+selectlanguage
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Here, the
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-author
+ForceLTR
\end_layout
\end_inset
- key is printed if it exists; otherwise, the editor key is printed, followed
- by
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\emph on
+0
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
,
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-ed.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- Note that the key is again enclosed in
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-%
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- signs; the entire conditional is enclosed in braces; and the if and else
- clauses are enclosed in double brackets,
+] Force the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+latex
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ language, leading to Left-to-Right (Latin) output, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+in TeX code or URL.
+ A kludge.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-[[
+ForcePlain
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\emph on
+0
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-]]
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- There must be no space between any of these.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There is one other piece of syntax available in definitions, which looks
- like this:
+] Indicates whether the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{!<i>!}
+PlainLayout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- This defines a piece of formatting information that is to be used when
- creating
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ should be used or, instead, the user can change the paragraph style used
+ in the inset.
+ Default is false.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+FreeSpacing
+\end_layout
-rich text
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- Obviously, we do not want to output HTML tags when writing plain text,
- so they should be wrapped in
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\emph on
+0
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-{!
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-!}
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+] As with paragraph styles, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
+
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Two special sorts of definitions are also possible in a
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-CiteFormat
+HTML*
\end_layout
\end_inset
- block.
- An example of the first would be:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-!quotetitle
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ These tags control the XHTML output.
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
-%title%
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is an abbreviation, or macro, and it can be used by treating it as
- if it were a key:
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-%!quotetitle%
+InToc
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- LyX will treat
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-%!quotetitle%
+
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
- exactly as it would treat its definition.
- So, let us issue the obvious
-\emph on
-warning
-\emph default
-.
- Do not do this:
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-!funfun %funfun%
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-or anything like it.
- LyX shouldn't go into an infinite loop, but it may go into a long one before
- it gives up.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-The second sort of special definition might look like this:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-_pptext pp.
+\end_inset
+
+] Whether to include the contents of this inset in the strings generated
+ for the `Outline' pane.
+ One would not, for example, want the content of a footnote in a section
+ header to be included in the TOC displayed in the outline, but one would
+ normally want the content of a character style displayed.
+ Default is false: not to include.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This defines a translatable piece of text, which allows relevant parts of
- the bibliography to be translated.
- It can be included in a definition by treating it as a key:
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-%_pptext%
+KeepEmpty
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Several of these are predefined in
+ [
+\emph on
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-stdciteformats.inc
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Note that these are not macros, in the sense just defined.
- They will not be expanded.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-So here then is an example that use all these features:
-\end_layout
+\emph default
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-!authoredit {%author%[[%author%, ]][[{%editor%[[%editor%, %_edtext%, ]]}]]}
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This defines a macro that prints the author, followed by a comma, if the
-
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-author
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- key is defined, or else prints the name of the editor, followed by the
-
+] As with paragraph styles, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-_edtext
+LabelFont
\end_layout
\end_inset
- or its translation (it is by default
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ The font used for the label.
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Font-description"
-ed.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-), if the
+.
+ Note that this definition can never appear before
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-editor
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
- key is defined.
- Note that this is in fact defined in
+, lest it be ineffective.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-stdciteformats.inc
+LabelString
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, so you can use it in your own definitions, or re-definitions, if you load
- that file first.
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
+\end_inset
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Tags for XHTML output
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-As with LaTeX or DocBook, the format of LyX's XHTML output is also controlled
- by layout information.
- In general, LyX provides sensible defaults and, as mentioned earlier, it
- will even construct default CSS style rules from the other layout tags.
- For example, LyX will attempt to use the information provided in the
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+] What will be displayed on the button or elsewhere as the inset label.
+ Some inset types (
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
+TeX code
\end_layout
\end_inset
- declaration for the Chapter style to write CSS that will appropriately
- format chapter headings.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In many cases, then, you may not have to do anything at all to get acceptable
- XHTML output for your own environments, custom insets, and so forth.
- But in some cases you will, and so LyX provides a number of layout tags
- that can be used to customize the XHTML and CSS that are generated.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that there are two tags,
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLPreamble
+Branch
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
+) modify this label on the fly.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AddToHTMLPreamble
+LangPreamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
- that may appear outside style and inset declarations.
- See
+ Language dependent preamble; see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:General-text-class"
+reference "sub:I18n"
\end_inset
- for details on these.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Paragraph-Style-XHTML"
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
-
-Paragraph styles
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LatexName
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The sort of XHTML LyX outputs for a paragraph depends upon whether we are
- dealing with a normal paragraph, a command, or an environment, where this
- is itself determined by the contents of the corresponding
+\end_inset
+
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeXType
+<name>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- tag.
-
+] The name of the corresponding LaTeX stuff.
+ Either the environment or command name.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-For a command or normal paragraph, the output XHTML has the following form:
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LatexParam
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<tag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
->
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<parameter>
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<labeltag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
->Label</labeltag>
-\end_layout
+] The optional parameter for the corresponding
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Contents of the paragraph.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LatexName
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-</tag>
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The label tags are of course omitted if the paragraph does not have a label.
-\end_layout
+ stuff, including possible bracket pairs like
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-For an environment that is not some sort of list, the XHTML takes this form:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+[]
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<tag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+.
+ This parameter cannot be changed from within LyX (use
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
->
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<itemtag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-><labeltag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+ for customizable parameters).
+ It will be output as is after all LaTeX
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
->Environment Label</labeltag>First paragraph.</itemtag>
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<itemtag>Second paragraph.</itemtag>
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-</tag>
+s.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the label is output only for the first paragraph, as it should
- be for a theorem, for example.
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-For a list, we have one of these forms:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LatexType
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<tag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
->
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command, Environment, None
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<itemtag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-><labeltag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+] How the style should be translated into LaTeX.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
->List Label</labeltag>First item.</itemtag>
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LatexType
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<itemtag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-><labeltag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+ is perhaps a bit misleading, since these rules apply to SGML classes too.
+ Visit the SGML class files for specific examples.
+\end_layout
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
->List Label</labeltag>Second item.</itemtag>
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-</tag>
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+None
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<tag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
->
+ means nothing special
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<labeltag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
->List Label</labeltag><itemtag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
+\end_layout
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
->First item.</itemtag>
-\end_layout
+ means
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<labeltag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
->List Label</labeltag><itemtag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\emph on
+LatexName
+\emph default
+{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\end_layout
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
->Second item.</itemtag>
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-</tag>
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note the different orders of
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-labeltag
+Environment
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
+ means
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-itemtag
+
+\backslash
+begin{
+\emph on
+LatexName
+\emph default
+}\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\backslash
+end{
+\emph on
+LatexName
+\emph default
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Which order we get depends upon the setting of
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLLabelFirst
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-: If
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+Putting the last few things together, the LaTeX output will be either:
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLLabelFirst
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\backslash
+LatexName[LatexParam]{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+or:
+\end_layout
- is false (the default), you get the first of these, with the label within
- the item; if true, you get the second, with the label outside the item.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\backslash
+begin{LatexName}[LatexParam] \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\backslash
+end{LatexName}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The specific tags and attributes output for each paragraph type can be controlle
-d by means of the layout tags we are about to describe.
- As mentioned earlier, however, LyX uses sensible defaults for many of these,
- so you often may not need to do very much to get good XHTML output.
- Think of the available tags as there so you can tweak things to your liking.
+depending upon the LaTeX type.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLAttr
+LeftDelim
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
- For example,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+] A string that is put at the beginning of the layout content.
+ A line break in the output can be indicated by
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-class=`mydiv'
+<br/>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
.
- By default, LyX will output
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-class=`layoutname'
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, where
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-layoutname
+LyxType
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is the LyX name of the layout, made lowercase, for example: chapter.
- This should
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- contain any style information.
- Use
+ Can be
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLStyle
+charstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for that purpose.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLForceCSS
+custom
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
-\emph default
-,1
+element
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Whether to output the default CSS information LyX generates for this layout,
- even if additional information is explicitly provided via
+ or
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLStyle
+end
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- Setting this to
+ (indicating a dummy definition ending definitions of charstyles, etc).
+ This entry is required in and is only meaningful for Flex insets.
+ Among other things, it determines on which menu this inset will appear.
+ Setting
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+LyXType
\end_layout
\end_inset
- allows you to alter or augment the generated CSS, rather than to override
- it completely.
- Default is
+ to
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0
+charstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ will automatically set
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLItem
+MultiPar
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ to false.
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+MultiPar
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The tag to be used for individual paragraphs of environments, replacing
-
+ can be set to true for
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-itemtag
+charstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
- in the examples above.
- Defaults to
+ insets by setting it
+\emph on
+after
+\emph default
+ you set the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-div
+LyXType
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLItemAttr
+MultiPar
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Attributes for the item tag.
- Defaults to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-class=`layoutname_item'
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
+] Whether multiple paragraphs are permitted in this inset.
+ This will also set
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+CustomPars
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- This should
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- contain any style information.
- Use
+ to the same value and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLStyle
+ForcePlain
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for that purpose.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ to the opposite value.
+ These can be reset to other values, if they are used
+\emph on
+after
+\emph default
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLLabel
+MultiPar
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+.
+ Default is true.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+NeedProtect
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The tag to be used for paragraph and item labels, replacing
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-labeltag
+
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
- in the examples above.
- Defaults to
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-span
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, unless
+] Whether fragile commands in this inset should be
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LabelType
+
+\backslash
+protect
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is either
+'ed.
+ (Note: This is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ whether the command should itself be protected.) Default is false.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Top_Environment
+NoInsetLayout
\end_layout
\end_inset
- or
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Centered_Top_Environment
+<layout>
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, in which case it defaults to
+] Deletes an existing
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-div
+InsetLayout
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLLabelAttr
+ParbreakIsNewline
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Attributes for the label tag.
- Defaults to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-class=`layoutname_label'
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
+] As with paragraph styles, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- This should
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- contain any style information.
- Use
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLStyle
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- for that purpose.
+ Default is false.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLLabelFirst
+PassThru
\end_layout
\end_inset
\emph on
0
-\emph default
-,1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Meaningful only for list-like environments, this tag controls whether
- the label tag is output before or inside the item tag.
- This is used, for example, in the description environment, where we want
- `
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<dt>\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-</dt><dd>\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-</dd>
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
+] As with paragraph styles, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
+
+\end_inset
+
.
- Default is
+ Default is false.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0
+Preamble
\end_layout
\end_inset
-: The label tag is output inside the item tag.
+ As with paragraph styles, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLPreamble
+RefPrefix
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Information to be output in the
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<head>
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- section when this style is used.
- This might, for example, be used to include a
+] The prefix to use when creating labels referring to insets of this type.
+ This allows the use of formatted references.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<script>
+Requires
\end_layout
\end_inset
- block defining an
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-onclick
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- handler.
+] As with paragraph styles, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Styles"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLStyle
+ResetArgs
\end_layout
\end_inset
- CSS style information to be included when this style is used.
- Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<style>
+
+\emph on
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
- block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLTag
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+] Resets the LaTeX arguments of this layout (as defined via the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+Argument
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The tag to be used for the main label, replacing
+ tag).
+ This is useful if you have copied a style via
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tag
+CopyStyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
- in the examples above.
- Defaults to
+, but you do not want to inherit its (required and optional) arguments.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-div
+ResetsFont
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLTitle
+0
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on
-0
-\emph default
-,1
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Marks this style as the one to be used to generate the
+] Whether this inset should use the font of its surrounding environment
+ or uses its own.
+ Default is false: use the font of the surrounding environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<title>
+RightDelim
\end_layout
\end_inset
- tag for the XHTML file.
- By default, it is false.
- The
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-stdtitle.inc
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
- file sets it to true for the
+] A string that is put at the end of the layout content.
+ A line break in the output can be indicated by
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-title
+<br/>
\end_layout
\end_inset
- environment.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-InsetLayout XHTML
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The XHTML output of insets can also be controlled by information in layout
- files.
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-At present, this is true only for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Spellcheck
+\end_layout
-text
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- insets (insets you can type into) and is not true for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-command
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- insets (insets that are associated with dialog boxes).
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
- Here, too, LyX tries to provide sensible defaults, and it constructs default
- CSS style rules.
- But everything can be customized.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The XHTML LyX outputs for an inset has the following form:
+\emph on
+1
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<tag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
->
+] Allow spell-checking the contents of this inset.
+ Default is true.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<labeltag>Label</labeltag>
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Counters
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Counters"
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<innertag attr=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
->Contents of the inset.</innertag>
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-</tag>
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is necessary to define the counters (
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+chapter
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If the inset permits multiple paragraphs---that is, if
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-MultiPar
+figure
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is true---then the contents of the inset will itself be output as paragraphs
- formatted according to the styles used for those paragraphs (standard,
- quote, and the like).
- The label tag is of course omitted if the paragraph does not have a label
- and, at present, is always
+, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+) in the text class itself.
+ The standard counters are defined in the file
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-span
+stdcounters.inc
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- The inner tag is optional and, by default, does not appear.
+, so you may have to do no more than add
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The specific tags and attributes output for each inset can be controlled
- by means of the following layout tags.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Input stdcounters.inc
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLAttr
+\begin_layout Standard
+to your layout file to get them to work.
+ But if you want to define custom counters, then you can do so.
+ The counter declaration must begin with:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Counter CounterName
+\end_layout
- [
+\begin_layout Standard
+where of course `
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+CounterName
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
- For example,
+' is replaced by the name of the counter.
+ And it must end with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-class=`myinset' onclick=`\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-'
+End
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- By default, LyX will output
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+ The following parameters can also be used:
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-class=`insetname'
+InitialValue
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, where
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-insetname
+int=1
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is the LyX name of the inset, made lowercase and with non-alphanumeric
- characters converted to underscores, for example: footnote.
+] Sets the initial value for the counter, to which it will be reset whenever
+ that happens.
+ Normally, one will want the default, 1.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLForceCSS
+LabelString
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\emph on
-0
-\emph default
-,1
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Whether to output the default CSS information LyX generates for this layout,
- even if additional information is explicitly provided via
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLStyle
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- Setting this to
+] When defined, this string defines how the counter is displayed.
+ Setting this value sets
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+LabelStringAppendix
\end_layout
\end_inset
- allows you to alter or augment the generated CSS, rather than to override
- it completely.
- Default is 0.
+ to the same value.
+ The following special constructs can be used in the string:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLInnerAttr
+
+\backslash
+thecounter
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ will be replaced by the expansion of the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+LabelString
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Attributes for the inner tag.
- Defaults to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ (or
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-class=`insetname_inner'
+LabelStringAppendix
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+) of the counter
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLInnerTag
+counter
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+counter values can be expressed using LaTeX-like macros
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+
+\backslash
+
+\emph on
+numbertype
+\emph default
+{
+\emph on
+counter
+\emph default
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The inner tag, replacing
+, where
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-innertag
+
+\emph on
+numbertype
\end_layout
\end_inset
- in the examples above.
- By default, there is none.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
+ can be:
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLIsBlock
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Actually, the situation is a bit more complicated: any
+\family default
+\series default
+\shape default
+\emph default
+\bar default
+
+\size default
+\emph on
+\noun default
+\color inherit
+numbertype
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+ other than those described below will produce arabic numerals.
+ It would not be surprising to see this change in the future.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0,
-\emph on
-1
+arabic
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] Whether this inset represents a standalone block of text (such as a footnote)
- or instead represents material that is included in the surrounding text
- (such as a branch).
- Defaults to 1.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+: 1, 2, 3,\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+;
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLLabel
+alph
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+ for lower-case letters: a, b, c, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+;
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+Alph
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] A label for this inset, possibly including a reference to a counter.
- For example, for footnote, it might be:
+ for upper-case letters: A, B, C, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+;
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-arabic{footnote}
+roman
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- This is optional, and there is no default.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ for lower-case roman numerals: i, ii, iii, \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+;
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLPreamble
+Roman
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Information to be output in the
+ for upper-case roman numerals: I, II, III\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+;
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<head>
+hebrew
\end_layout
\end_inset
- section when this style is used.
- This might, for example, be used to include a
+ for hebrew numerals.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+If LabelString is not defined, a default value is constructed as follows:
+ if the counter has a master counter
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<script>
+master
\end_layout
\end_inset
- block defining an
+ (defined via
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-onclick
+Within
\end_layout
\end_inset
- handler.
-\end_layout
+), the string
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLStyle
+
+\backslash
+themaster.
+\backslash
+arabic{counter}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- CSS style information to be included when this style is used.
- Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
+ is used; otherwise the string
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<style>
+
+\backslash
+arabic{counter}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
+ is used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLTag
+LabelStringAppendix
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-] The tag to be used for the main label, replacing
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tag
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in the examples above.
- The default depends upon the setting of
+] Same as
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-MultiPar
+LabelString
\end_layout
\end_inset
-: If
+, but for use in the Appendix.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-MultiPar
+PrettyFormat
\end_layout
\end_inset
- is true, the default is
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-div
+string
\end_layout
\end_inset
-; if it is false, the default is
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-span
-\end_layout
-
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Float XHTML
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The XHTML output for floats too can be controlled by layout information.
- The output has the following form:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-<tag attr=
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-value
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+] A format for use with formatted references to this counter.
+ For example, one might want to have references to section numbers appear
+ as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
->
-\end_layout
+Section 2.4
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Contents of the float.
-\end_layout
+.
+ The string should contain
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-</tag>
-\end_layout
+##
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The caption, if there is one, is a separate inset and will be output as
- such.
- Its appearance can be controlled via the InsetLayout for caption insets.
-
+.
+ This will be replaced by the counter number itself.
+ So, for sections, it would be: Section ##.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLAttr
+Within
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
- For example,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+] If this is set to the name of another counter, the present counter will
+ be reset every time the other one is increased.
+ For example,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-class=`myfloat' onclick=`\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-'
+subsection
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- By default, LyX will output
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ is numbered inside
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-class=`float float-floattype'
+section
\end_layout
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Font description
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Font-description"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, where
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-floattype
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+A font description looks like this:
+\end_layout
- is LyX's name for this type of float, as determined by the float declaration
- (see
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Floats"
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Font
+\family roman
+\emph on
+or
+\family default
+\emph default
+ LabelFont
+\emph on
+ or
+\emph default
+ DefaultFont
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ ...
+\end_layout
-), though made lowercase and with non-alphanumeric characters converted
- to underscores, for example: float-table.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+EndFont
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The following commands are available:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLStyle
+Color
\end_layout
\end_inset
- CSS style information to be included when this float is used.
- Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<style>
+
+\emph on
+none
\end_layout
\end_inset
- block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTMLTag
+black
\end_layout
\end_inset
- [
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-string
+white
\end_layout
\end_inset
-] The tag to be used for this float, replacing
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-tag
+red
\end_layout
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+green
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in the example above.
- The default is
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-div
+blue
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and will rarely need changing.
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography formatting
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+cyan
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The bibliography can be formatted using
+\end_inset
+
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-CiteFormat
+magenta
\end_layout
\end_inset
- blocks.
- See Section
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Citation-format-description"
-
-\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
- for the details.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+yellow
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX-generated CSS
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-We have several times mentioned that LyX will generate default CSS style
- rules for both insets and paragraph styles, based upon the other layout
- information that is provided.
- In this section, we shall say a word about which layout information LyX
- uses and how.
+]
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-At present, LyX auto-generates CSS only for font information, making use
- of the
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\end_inset
-,
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Series
+
+\emph on
+Roman
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Shape
+Sans
\end_layout
\end_inset
-, and
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Size
+Typewriter
\end_layout
\end_inset
- specified in the
+]
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
+Misc
\end_layout
\end_inset
- declaration.
- (See
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Font-description"
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
-.) The translation is mostly straightforward and obvious.
- For example,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
+] Valid arguments are:
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Family Sans
+emph
\end_layout
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+noun
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- becomes
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+strikeout
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-font-family: sans-serif;
+underbar
\end_layout
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+uuline
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The correspondence of LyX sizes and CSS sizes is a little less obvious
- but nonetheless intuitive.
- See the
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-getSizeCSS()
+uwave
\end_layout
\end_inset
- function in
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-src/FontInfo.cpp
+no_emph
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for the details.
-
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Including External Material
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+no_noun
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "100col%"
-special "none"
-height "1in"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-WARNING: This portion of the documentation has not been updated for some
- time.
- We certainly hope that it is still accurate, but there are no guarantees.
+no_strikeout
\end_layout
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+no_bar
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The use of material from sources external to LyX is covered in detail in
- the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- This part of the manual covers what needs to happen behind the scenes for
- new sorts of material to be included.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-How does it work?
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+no_uuline
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The external material feature is based on the concept of a
-\emph on
-template
-\emph default
-.
- A template is a specification of how LyX should interface with a certain
- kind of material.
- As bundled, LyX comes with predefined templates for Xfig figures, various
- raster format images, chess diagrams, and LilyPond music notation.
- You can check the actual list by using the menu
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-External Material
+no_uwave
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
- Furthermore, it is possible to roll your own template to support a specific
- kind of material.
- Later we'll describe in more detail what is involved, and hopefully you
- will submit all the templates you create so we can include them in a later
- LyX version.
+ Each of these turns on or off the corresponding attribute.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+emph
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Another basic idea of the external material feature is to distinguish between
- the original file that serves as a base for final material and the produced
- file that is included in your exported or printed document.
- For example, consider the case of a figure produced with
+\end_inset
+
+ turns on emphasis, and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Xfig
+no_emph
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- The Xfig application itself works on an original file with the
+ turns it off.
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If the latter seems puzzling, remember that the font settings for the present
+ context are generally inherited from the surrounding context.
+ So
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.fig
+no_emph
\end_layout
\end_inset
- extension.
- Within Xfig, you create and change your figure, and when you are done,
- you save the
+ would turn off the emphasis that was anyway in effect, say, in a theorem
+ environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-fig
+Series
\end_layout
\end_inset
--file.
- When you want to include the figure in your document, you invoke
+ [
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-transfig
+
+\emph on
+Medium
\end_layout
\end_inset
- in order to create a PostScript file that can readily be included in your
- LaTeX file.
- In this case, the
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.fig
+Bold
\end_layout
\end_inset
- file is the original file, and the PostScript file is the produced file.
+]
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This distinction is important in order to allow updating of the material
- while you are in the process of writing the document.
- Furthermore, it provides us with the flexibility that is needed to support
- multiple export formats.
- For instance, in the case of a plain text file, it is not exactly an award-winn
-ing idea to include the figure as raw PostScript.
- Instead, you'd either prefer to just include a reference to the figure
- or try to invoke some graphics to ASCII converter to make the final result
- look similar to the real graphics.
- The external material management allows you to do this, because it is parametri
-zed on the different export formats that LyX supports.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Besides supporting the production of different products according to the
- exported format, it supports tight integration with editing and viewing
- applications.
- In the case of an Xfig figure, you are able to invoke Xfig on the original
- file with a single click from within the external material dialog in LyX,
- and also preview the produced PostScript file with Ghostview with another
- click.
- No more fiddling around with the command line and/or file browsers to locate
- and manipulate the original or produced files.
- In this way, you are finally able to take full advantage of the many different
- applications that are relevant to use when you write your documents, and
- ultimately be more productive.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Shape
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-The external template configuration file
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is relatively easy to add custom external template definitions to LyX.
- However, be aware that doing this in an careless manner most probably
\emph on
-will
-\emph default
- introduce an easily exploitable security hole.
- So before you do this, please read the discussion about security in section
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Security-discussion"
+Up
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-Having said that, we encourage you to submit any interesting templates that
- you create.
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Italic
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The external templates are defined in the
+\end_inset
+
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyXDir/lib/external_templates
+SmallCaps
\end_layout
\end_inset
- file.
- You can place your own version in
+,
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-UserDir/external_templates
+Slanted
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+]
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A typical template looks like this:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Template XFig
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Size
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-GuiName "XFig: $$AbsOrRelPathParent$$Basename"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-HelpText
-\end_layout
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-An XFig figure.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+tiny
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-HelpTextEnd
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-InputFormat fig
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+small
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-FileFilter "*.fig"
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\emph on
+normal
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-AutomaticProduction true
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+large
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Transform Rotate
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+larger
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Transform Resize
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+largest
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Format LaTeX
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+huge
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+giant
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand
+\end_inset
+
+]
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Citation-format-description"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Citation format description
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+CiteFormat
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- $$ResizeBack$$RotateBack"
+\end_inset
+
+ blocks are used to describe how bibliographic information should be displayed,
+ both within LyX itself (in the citation dialog and in tooltips, for example)
+ and in XHTML output.
+ Such a block might look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
-UpdateFormat pstex
+CiteFormat
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
-UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pstex_t"
+ article ...
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Requirement "graphicx"
+ book ...
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
-ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t"
+End
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
+\begin_layout Standard
+The individual lines define how the bibliographic information associated
+ with an article or book, respectively, is to be displayed, and such a definitio
+n can be given for any `entry type' that might be present in a BibTeX file.
+ LyX defines a default format in the source code that will be used if no
+ specific definition has been given.
+ LyX predefines several formats in the file
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+stdciteformats.inc
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-ReferencedFile dvi "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
+\end_inset
+
+, which is included in most of LyX's document classes.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-FormatEnd
+\begin_layout Standard
+The definitions use a simple language that allows BibTeX keys to be replaced
+ with their values.
+ Keys should be enclosed in
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+%
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Format PDFLaTeX
+\end_inset
+
+ signs, e.g.:
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+%author%
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ So a simple definition might look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
-TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand
+misc %author%,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+%title
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront
+\begin_layout Standard
+This would print the author, followed by a comma, followed by the title,
+ in quotes, followed by a period.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
-\backslash
+\begin_layout Standard
+Of course, sometimes you may want to print a key only if it exists.
+ This can be done by using a conditional construction, such as:
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pdftex_t}
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{%volume%[[vol.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- $$ResizeBack$$RotateBack"
+%volume%]]}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-UpdateFormat pdftex
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This says: If the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+volume
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdftex_t"
+\end_inset
+
+ key exists, then print
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+vol.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ followed by the volume key.
+ It is also possible to have an else clause in the conditional, such as:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{%author%[[%author%]][[%editor%, ed.]]}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Requirement "graphicx"
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Here, the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+author
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
+\end_inset
+
+ key is printed if it exists; otherwise, the editor key is printed, followed
+ by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+ed.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ Note that the key is again enclosed in
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+%
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ signs; the entire conditional is enclosed in braces; and the if and else
+ clauses are enclosed in double brackets,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+[[
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+]]
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ There must be no space between any of these.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is one other piece of syntax available in definitions, which looks
+ like this:
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{!<i>!}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This defines a piece of formatting information that is to be used when
+ creating
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+rich text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Obviously, we do not want to output HTML tags when writing plain text,
+ so they should be wrapped in
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+{!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+!}
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Two special sorts of definitions are also possible in a
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+CiteFormat
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ block.
+ An example of the first would be:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+!quotetitle
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+%title%
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is an abbreviation, or macro, and it can be used by treating it as
+ if it were a key:
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+%!quotetitle%
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ LyX will treat
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+%!quotetitle%
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ exactly as it would treat its definition.
+ So, let us issue the obvious
+\emph on
+warning
+\emph default
+.
+ Do not do this:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+!funfun %funfun%
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+or anything like it.
+ LyX shouldn't go into an infinite loop, but it may go into a long one before
+ it gives up.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The second sort of special definition might look like this:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+_pptext pp.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This defines a translatable piece of text, which allows relevant parts of
+ the bibliography to be translated.
+ It can be included in a definition by treating it as a key:
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+%_pptext%
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Several of these are predefined in
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+stdciteformats.inc
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Note that these are not macros, in the sense just defined.
+ They will not be expanded.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+So here then is an example that use all these features:
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+
+\family typewriter
+!authoredit {%author%[[%author%, ]][[{%editor%[[%editor%, %_edtext%, ]]}]]}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_inset
+
+This defines a macro that prints the author, followed by a comma, if the
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+author
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ key is defined, or else prints the name of the editor, followed by the
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+_edtext
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or its translation (it is by default
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+ed.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+), if the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+editor
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ key is defined.
+ Note that this is in fact defined in
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+stdciteformats.inc
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, so you can use it in your own definitions, or re-definitions, if you load
+ that file first.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Tags-for-XHTML"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Tags for XHTML output
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As with LaTeX or DocBook, the format of LyX's XHTML output is also controlled
+ by layout information.
+ In general, LyX provides sensible defaults and, as mentioned earlier, it
+ will even construct default CSS style rules from the other layout tags.
+ For example, LyX will attempt to use the information provided in the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Font
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ declaration for the Chapter style to write CSS that will appropriately
+ format chapter headings.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In many cases, then, you may not have to do anything at all to get acceptable
+ XHTML output for your own environments, custom insets, and so forth.
+ But in some cases you will, and so LyX provides a number of layout tags
+ that can be used to customize the XHTML and CSS that are generated.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that there are two tags,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLPreamble
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+AddToHTMLPreamble
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ that may appear outside style and inset declarations.
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:General-text-class"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for details on these.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Paragraph-Style-XHTML"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Paragraph styles
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The sort of XHTML LyX outputs for a paragraph depends upon whether we are
+ dealing with a normal paragraph, a command, or an environment, where this
+ is itself determined by the contents of the corresponding
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeXType
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ tag.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For a command or normal paragraph, the output XHTML has the following form:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<tag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<labeltag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>Label</labeltag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Contents of the paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+</tag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The label tags are of course omitted if the paragraph does not have a label.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For an environment that is not some sort of list, the XHTML takes this form:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<tag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<itemtag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+><labeltag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>Environment Label</labeltag>First paragraph.</itemtag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<itemtag>Second paragraph.</itemtag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+</tag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the label is output only for the first paragraph, as it should
+ be for a theorem, for example.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For a list, we have one of these forms:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<tag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<itemtag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+><labeltag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>List Label</labeltag>First item.</itemtag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<itemtag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+><labeltag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>List Label</labeltag>Second item.</itemtag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+</tag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<tag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<labeltag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>List Label</labeltag><itemtag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>First item.</itemtag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<labeltag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>List Label</labeltag><itemtag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>Second item.</itemtag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+</tag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note the different orders of
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+labeltag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+itemtag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Which order we get depends upon the setting of
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLLabelFirst
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+: If
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLLabelFirst
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is false (the default), you get the first of these, with the label within
+ the item; if true, you get the second, with the label outside the item.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The specific tags and attributes output for each paragraph type can be controlle
+d by means of the layout tags we are about to describe.
+ As mentioned earlier, however, LyX uses sensible defaults for many of these,
+ so you often may not need to do very much to get good XHTML output.
+ Think of the available tags as there so you can tweak things to your liking.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLAttr
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+class=`mydiv'
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ By default, LyX will output
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+class=`layoutname'
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, where
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+layoutname
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is the LyX name of the layout, made lowercase, for example: chapter.
+ This should
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ contain any style information.
+ Use
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLStyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for that purpose.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLForceCSS
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+,1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] Whether to output the default CSS information LyX generates for this layout,
+ even if additional information is explicitly provided via
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLStyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Setting this to
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ allows you to alter or augment the generated CSS, rather than to override
+ it completely.
+ Default is
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLItem
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] The tag to be used for individual paragraphs of environments, replacing
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+itemtag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in the examples above.
+ Defaults to
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+div
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLItemAttr
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] Attributes for the item tag.
+ Defaults to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+class=`layoutname_item'
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This should
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ contain any style information.
+ Use
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLStyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for that purpose.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLLabel
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] The tag to be used for paragraph and item labels, replacing
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+labeltag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in the examples above.
+ Defaults to
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+span
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, unless
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LabelType
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is either
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Top_Environment
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Centered_Top_Environment
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, in which case it defaults to
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+div
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLLabelAttr
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] Attributes for the label tag.
+ Defaults to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+class=`layoutname_label'
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This should
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ contain any style information.
+ Use
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLStyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for that purpose.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLLabelFirst
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+,1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] Meaningful only for list-like environments, this tag controls whether
+ the label tag is output before or inside the item tag.
+ This is used, for example, in the description environment, where we want
+ `
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<dt>\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+</dt><dd>\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+</dd>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Default is
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+: The label tag is output inside the item tag.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLPreamble
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Information to be output in the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<head>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ section when this style is used.
+ This might, for example, be used to include a
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<script>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ block defining an
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+onclick
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ handler.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLStyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ CSS style information to be included when this style is used.
+ Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<style>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
+ Must end with
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+EndHTMLStyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLTag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] The tag to be used for the main label, replacing
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+tag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in the examples above.
+ Defaults to
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+div
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLTitle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+,1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] Marks this style as the one to be used to generate the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<title>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ tag for the XHTML file.
+ By default, it is false.
+ The
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+stdtitle.inc
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ file sets it to true for the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+title
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ environment.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+InsetLayout XHTML
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The XHTML output of insets can also be controlled by information in layout
+ files.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+At present, this is true only for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ insets (insets you can type into) and is not true for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+command
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ insets (insets that are associated with dialog boxes).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Here, too, LyX tries to provide sensible defaults, and it constructs default
+ CSS style rules.
+ But everything can be customized.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The XHTML LyX outputs for an inset has the following form:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<tag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<labeltag>Label</labeltag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<innertag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>Contents of the inset.</innertag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+</tag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the inset permits multiple paragraphs---that is, if
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+MultiPar
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is true---then the contents of the inset will itself be output as paragraphs
+ formatted according to the styles used for those paragraphs (standard,
+ quote, and the like).
+ The label tag is of course omitted if the paragraph does not have a label
+ and, at present, is always
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+span
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The inner tag is optional and, by default, does not appear.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The specific tags and attributes output for each inset can be controlled
+ by means of the following layout tags.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLAttr
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+class=`myinset' onclick=`\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+'
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ By default, LyX will output
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+class=`insetname'
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, where
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+insetname
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is the LyX name of the inset, made lowercase and with non-alphanumeric
+ characters converted to underscores, for example: footnote.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLForceCSS
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\emph on
+0
+\emph default
+,1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] Whether to output the default CSS information LyX generates for this layout,
+ even if additional information is explicitly provided via
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLStyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Setting this to
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ allows you to alter or augment the generated CSS, rather than to override
+ it completely.
+ Default is 0.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLInnerAttr
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] Attributes for the inner tag.
+ Defaults to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+class=`insetname_inner'
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLInnerTag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] The inner tag, replacing
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+innertag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in the examples above.
+ By default, there is none.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLIsBlock
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+0,
+\emph on
+1
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] Whether this inset represents a standalone block of text (such as a footnote)
+ or instead represents material that is included in the surrounding text
+ (such as a branch).
+ Defaults to 1.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLLabel
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] A label for this inset, possibly including a reference to a counter.
+ For example, for footnote, it might be:
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+arabic{footnote}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This is optional, and there is no default.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLPreamble
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Information to be output in the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<head>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ section when this style is used.
+ This might, for example, be used to include a
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<script>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ block defining an
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+onclick
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ handler.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLStyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ CSS style information to be included when this style is used.
+ Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<style>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLTag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] The tag to be used for the main label, replacing
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+tag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in the examples above.
+ The default depends upon the setting of
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+MultiPar
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+: If
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+MultiPar
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is true, the default is
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+div
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+; if it is false, the default is
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+span
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Float XHTML
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The XHTML output for floats too can be controlled by layout information.
+ The output has the following form:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+<tag attr=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+value
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Contents of the float.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+</tag>
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The caption, if there is one, is a separate inset and will be output as
+ such.
+ Its appearance can be controlled via the InsetLayout for caption insets.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLAttr
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] Specifies attribute information to be output with the main tag.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+class=`myfloat' onclick=`\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+'
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ By default, LyX will output
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+class=`float float-floattype'
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, where
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+floattype
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is LyX's name for this type of float, as determined by the float declaration
+ (see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+), though made lowercase and with non-alphanumeric characters converted
+ to underscores, for example: float-table.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLStyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ CSS style information to be included when this float is used.
+ Note that this will automatically be wrapped in a layout-generated
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<style>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ block, so only the CSS itself need be included.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HTMLTag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ [
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+string
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+] The tag to be used for this float, replacing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+tag
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the example above.
+ The default is
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+div
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and will rarely need changing.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography formatting
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The bibliography can be formatted using
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+CiteFormat
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ blocks.
+ See
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Citation-format-description"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for the details.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LyX-generated CSS
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We have several times mentioned that LyX will generate default CSS style
+ rules for both insets and paragraph styles, based upon the other layout
+ information that is provided.
+ In this section, we shall say a word about which layout information LyX
+ uses and how.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+At present, LyX auto-generates CSS only for font information, making use
+ of the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Family
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Series
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Shape
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+, and
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Size
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ specified in the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Font
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ declaration (see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Font-description"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The translation is mostly straightforward and obvious.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Family Sans
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ becomes
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+font-family: sans-serif;
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The correspondence of LyX sizes and CSS sizes is a little less obvious
+ but nonetheless intuitive.
+ See the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+getSizeCSS()
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ function in
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+src/FontInfo.cpp
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for the details.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Including External Material
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Including-External-Material"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Shadowbox
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "100col%"
+special "none"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+WARNING: This portion of the documentation has not been updated for some
+ time.
+ We certainly hope that it is still accurate, but there are no guarantees.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The use of material from sources external to LyX is covered in detail in
+ the
+\emph on
+Embedded Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ This part of the manual covers what needs to happen behind the scenes for
+ new sorts of material to be included.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+How does it work?
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The external material feature is based on the concept of a
+\emph on
+template
+\emph default
+.
+ A template is a specification of how LyX should interface with a certain
+ kind of material.
+ As bundled, LyX comes with predefined templates for Xfig figures, various
+ raster format images, chess diagrams, and LilyPond music notation.
+ You can check the actual list by using the menu
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+External Material
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Furthermore, it is possible to roll your own template to support a specific
+ kind of material.
+ Later we'll describe in more detail what is involved, and hopefully you
+ will submit all the templates you create so we can include them in a later
+ LyX version.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Another basic idea of the external material feature is to distinguish between
+ the original file that serves as a base for final material and the produced
+ file that is included in your exported or printed document.
+ For example, consider the case of a figure produced with
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Xfig
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The Xfig application itself works on an original file with the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.fig
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ extension.
+ Within Xfig, you create and change your figure, and when you are done,
+ you save the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+fig
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+-file.
+ When you want to include the figure in your document, you invoke
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+transfig
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in order to create a PostScript file that can readily be included in your
+ LaTeX file.
+ In this case, the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.fig
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ file is the original file, and the PostScript file is the produced file.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This distinction is important in order to allow updating of the material
+ while you are in the process of writing the document.
+ Furthermore, it provides us with the flexibility that is needed to support
+ multiple export formats.
+ For instance, in the case of a plain text file, it is not exactly an award-winn
+ing idea to include the figure as raw PostScript.
+ Instead, you would either prefer to just include a reference to the figure
+ or try to invoke some graphics to ASCII converter to make the final result
+ look similar to the real graphics.
+ The external material management allows you to do this, because it is parametri
+zed on the different export formats that LyX supports.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Besides supporting the production of different products according to the
+ exported format, it supports tight integration with editing and viewing
+ applications.
+ In the case of an Xfig figure, you are able to invoke Xfig on the original
+ file with a single click from within the external material dialog in LyX,
+ and also preview the produced PostScript file with Ghostview with another
+ click.
+ No more fiddling around with the command line and/or file browsers to locate
+ and manipulate the original or produced files.
+ In this way, you are finally able to take full advantage of the many different
+ applications that are relevant to use when you write your documents, and
+ ultimately be more productive.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+The external template configuration file
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is relatively easy to add custom external template definitions to LyX.
+ However, be aware that doing this in an careless manner most probably
+\emph on
+will
+\emph default
+ introduce an easily exploitable security hole.
+ So before you do this, please read the discussion about security in
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Security-discussion"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Having said that, we encourage you to submit any interesting templates that
+ you create.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The external templates are defined in the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LyXDir/lib/external_templates
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ file.
+ You can place your own version in
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+UserDir/external_templates
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A typical template looks like this:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Template XFig
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+GuiName "XFig: $$AbsOrRelPathParent$$Basename"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+HelpText
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+An XFig figure.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+HelpTextEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+InputFormat fig
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+FileFilter "*.fig"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+AutomaticProduction true
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Transform Rotate
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Transform Resize
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Format LaTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ $$ResizeBack$$RotateBack"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+UpdateFormat pstex
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pstex_t"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Requirement "graphicx"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ReferencedFile dvi "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+FormatEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Format PDFLaTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+TransformCommand Rotate RotationLatexCommand
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+TransformCommand Resize ResizeLatexCommand
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Product "$$RotateFront$$ResizeFront
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+input{$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pdftex_t}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ $$ResizeBack$$RotateBack"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+UpdateFormat pdftex
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdftex_t"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Requirement "graphicx"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pdftex_t"
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdf"
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsPath$$Basename.pdf"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+FormatEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Format Ascii
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Product "$$Contents(
+\backslash
+"$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc
+\backslash
+")"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+UpdateFormat asciixfig
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+FormatEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Format DocBook
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Product "<graphic fileref=
+\backslash
+"$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.eps
+\backslash
+">
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ </graphic>"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+UpdateFormat eps
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ReferencedFile docbook "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ReferencedFile docbook-xml "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+FormatEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+Product "[XFig: $$FName]"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+FormatEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+TemplateEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As you can see, the template is enclosed in
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Template
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TemplateEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ It contains a header specifying some general settings and, for each supported
+ primary document file format, a section
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+FormatEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The template header
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+AutomaticProduction
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+true|false
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Whether the file represented by the template must be generated by LyX.
+ This command must occur exactly once.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+FileFilter
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<pattern>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ A glob pattern that is used in the file dialog to filter out the desired
+ files.
+ If there is more than one possible file extension (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+tgif has
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.obj
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.tgo
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+), use something like
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+"*.{obj,tgo}"
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This command must occur exactly once.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+GuiName
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<guiname>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The text that is displayed on the button.
+ This command must occur exactly once.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+HelpText
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<text>
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+HelpTextEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The help text that is used in the External dialog.
+ Provide enough information to explain to the user just what the template
+ can provide him with.
+ This command must occur exactly once.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+InputFormat
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<format>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The file format of the original file.
+ This must be the name of a format that is known to LyX (see
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Use
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+*
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ if the template can handle original files of more than one format.
+ LyX will attempt to interrogate the file itself in order to deduce its
+ format in this case.
+ This command must occur exactly once.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Template
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<id>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ A unique name for the template.
+ It must not contain substitution macros (see below).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Transform
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Rotate|Resize|Clip|Extra
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This command specifies which transformations are supported by this template.
+ It may occur zero or more times.
+ This command enables the corresponding tabs in the external dialog.
+ Each
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Transform
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ command must have either a corresponding
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TransformCommand
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ or a
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TransformOption
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ command in the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ section.
+ Otherwise the transformation will not be supported by that format.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Format section
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Format
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+LaTeX|PDFLaTeX|PlainText|DocBook
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The primary document file format that this format definition is for.
+ Not every template has a sensible representation in all document file formats.
+ Please define nevertheless a
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ section for all templates.
+ Use a dummy text when no representation is available.
+ Then you can at least see a reference to the external material in the exported
+ document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Option
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<name>
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<value>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This command defines an additional macro
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$<name>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for substitution in
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Product
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<value>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ itself may contain substitution macros.
+ The advantage over using
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+<value>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ directly in
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Product
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is that the substituted value of
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$<name>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is sanitized so that it is a valid optional argument in the document format.
+ This command may occur zero or more times.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Product
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<text>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The text that is inserted in the exported document.
+ This is actually the most important command and can be quite complex.
+ This command must occur exactly once.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Preamble
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<name>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This command specifies a preamble snippet that will be included in the
+ LaTeX preamble.
+ It has to be defined using
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PreambleDef
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PreambleDefEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This command may occur zero or more times.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ReferencedFile
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<format>
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<filename>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This command denotes files that are created by the conversion process and
+ are needed for a particular export format.
+ If the filename is relative, it is interpreted relative to the master document.
+ This command may be given zero or more times.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Requirement
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<package>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The name of a required LaTeX package.
+ The package is included via
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ in the LaTeX preamble.
+ This command may occur zero or more times.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TransformCommand
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Rotate
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+RotationLatexCommand
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This command specifies that the built in LaTeX command should be used for
+ rotation.
+ This command may occur once or not at all.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TransformCommand
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Resize
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+ResizeLatexCommand
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This command specifies that the built in LaTeX command should be used for
+ resizing.
+ This command may occur once or not at all.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TransformOption
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Rotate
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+RotationLatexOption
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This command specifies that rotation is done via an optional argument.
+ This command may occur once or not at all.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TransformOption
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Resize
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+ResizeLatexOption
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This command specifies that resizing is done via an optional argument.
+ This command may occur once or not at all.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TransformOption
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Clip
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+ClipLatexOption
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This command specifies that clipping is done via an optional argument.
+ This command may occur once or not at all.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TransformOption
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Extra
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+ExtraLatexOption
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ This command specifies that an extra optional argument is used.
+ This command may occur once or not at all.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+UpdateFormat
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<format>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The file format of the converted file.
+ This must be the name of a format that is known to LyX (see the
+\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File Format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ dialog).
+ This command must occur exactly once.
+ If the resulting file format is PDF, you need to specify the format
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pdf6
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ This is the PDF format used for including graphics.
+ The other defined PDF formats are for document export.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+UpdateResult
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<filename>
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The file name of the converted file.
+ The file name must be absolute.
+ This command must occur exactly once.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Preamble definitions
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The external template configuration file may contain additional preamble
+ definitions enclosed by
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PreambleDef
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PreambleDefEnd
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ They can be used by the templates in the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Format
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ section.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+The substitution mechanism
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When the external material facility invokes an external program, it is done
+ on the basis of a command defined in the template configuration file.
+ These commands can contain various macros that are expanded before execution.
+ Execution always take place in the directory of the containing document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Also, whenever external material is to be displayed, the name will be produced
+ by the substitution mechanism, and most other commands in the template
+ definition support substitution as well.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The available macros are the following:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$AbsOrRelPathMaster
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The file path, absolute or relative to the master LyX document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$AbsOrRelPathParent
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ The file path, absolute or relative to the LyX document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$AbsPath
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-FormatEnd
+ The absolute file path.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Format Ascii
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Product "$$Contents(
-\backslash
-"$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc
-\backslash
-")"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$Basename
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-UpdateFormat asciixfig
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.asc"
+ The filename without path and without the extension.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-FormatEnd
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Format DocBook
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$Contents(
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Product "<graphic fileref=
-\backslash
-"$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.eps
-\backslash
-">
-\end_layout
+filename.ext
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- </graphic>"
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-UpdateFormat eps
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-UpdateResult "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
-\end_layout
+ This macro will expand to the contents of the file with the name
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-ReferencedFile docbook "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+filename.ext
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-ReferencedFile docbook-xml "$$AbsPath$$Basename.eps"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-FormatEnd
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-Product "[XFig: $$FName]"
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-FormatEnd
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$Extension
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-TemplateEnd
+\end_inset
+
+ The file extension (including the dot).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, the template is enclosed in
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Template
+$$FName
\end_layout
\end_inset
- \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
+ The filename of the file specified in the external material dialog.
+ This is either an absolute name, or it is relative to the LyX document.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TemplateEnd
+$$FPath
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- It contains a header specifying some general settings and, for each supported
- primary document file format, a section
+ The path part of
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Format
+$$FName
\end_layout
\end_inset
- \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
+ (absolute name or relative to the LyX document).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-FormatEnd
+$$RelPathMaster
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The template header
+ The file path, relative to the master LyX document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AutomaticProduction
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-true|false
+$$RelPathParent
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Whether the file represented by the template must be generated by LyX.
- This command must occur exactly once.
+ The file path, relative to the LyX document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-FileFilter
-\begin_inset space ~
+$$Sysdir
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-<pattern>
+ This macro will expand to the absolute path of the system directory.
+ This is typically used to point to the various helper scripts that are
+ bundled with LyX.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$Tempname
\end_layout
\end_inset
- A glob pattern that is used in the file dialog to filter out the desired
- files.
- If there is more than one possible file extension (e.
+ A name and full path to a temporary file which will be automatically deleted
+ whenever the containing document is closed, or the external material insertion
+ deleted.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+All path macros contain a trailing directory separator, so you can construct
+ e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-tgif has
+the absolute filename with
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.obj
+$$AbsPath$$Basename$$Extension
\end_layout
\end_inset
- and
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The macros above are substituted in all commands unless otherwise noted.
+ The command
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.tgo
+Product
\end_layout
\end_inset
-), use something like
+ supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled by
+ the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-"*.{obj,tgo}"
+Transform
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- This command must occur exactly once.
+ and
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+TransformCommand
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ commands:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-GuiName
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-<guiname>
+$$ResizeFront
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The text that is displayed on the button.
- This command must occur exactly once.
+ The front part of the resize command.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HelpText
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+$$ResizeBack
+\end_layout
-<text>
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-HelpTextEnd
+ The back part of the resize command.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+$$RotateFront
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The help text that is used in the External dialog.
- Provide enough information to explain to the user just what the template
- can provide him with.
- This command must occur exactly once.
+ The front part of the rotation command.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-InputFormat
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-<format>
+$$RotateBack
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The file format of the original file.
- This must be the name of a format that is known to LyX (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ The back part of the rotation command.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The value string of the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Formats"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Option
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-).
- Use
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ command supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled
+ by the
+\begin_inset Flex Code
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Transform
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+ and
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-*
+TransformOption
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- if the template can handle original files of more than one format.
- LyX will attempt to interrogate the file itself in order to deduce its
- format in this case.
- This command must occur exactly once.
+ commands:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Template
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-<id>
+$$Clip
\end_layout
\end_inset
- A unique name for the template.
- It must not contain substitution macros (see below).
+ The clip option.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Transform
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Rotate|Resize|Clip|Extra
+$$Extra
\end_layout
\end_inset
- This command specifies which transformations are supported by this template.
- It may occur zero or more times.
- This command enables the corresponding tabs in the external dialog.
- Each
+ The extra option.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Transform
+$$Resize
\end_layout
\end_inset
- command must have either a corresponding
+ The resize option.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TransformCommand
+$$Rotate
\end_layout
\end_inset
- or a
+ The rotation option.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You may ask why there are so many path macros.
+ There are mainly two reasons:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Relative and absolute file names should remain relative or absolute, respectivel
+y.
+ Users may have reasons to prefer either form.
+ Relative names are useful for portable documents that should work on different
+ machines, for example.
+ Absolute names may be required by some programs.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+LaTeX treats relative file names differently than LyX and other programs
+ in nested included files.
+ For LyX, a relative file name is always relative to the document that contains
+ the file name.
+ For LaTeX, it is always relative to the master document.
+ These two definitions are identical if you have only one document, but
+ differ if you have a master document that includes part documents.
+ That means that relative filenames must be transformed when presented to
+ LaTeX.
+ Fortunately LyX does this automatically for you if you choose the right
+ macros.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+So which path macro should be used in new template definitions? The rule
+ is not difficult:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Use
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TransformOption
+$$AbsPath
\end_layout
\end_inset
- command in the
+ if an absolute path is required.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Use
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Format
+$$AbsOrRelPathMaster
\end_layout
\end_inset
- section.
- Otherwise the transformation will not be supported by that format.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Format section
+ if the substituted string is some kind of LaTeX input.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Else use
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Format
-\begin_inset space ~
+$$AbsOrRelPathParent
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-LaTeX|PDFLaTeX|PlainText|DocBook
+ in order to preserve the user's choice.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are special cases where this rule does not work and e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
- The primary document file format that this format definition is for.
- Not every template has a sensible representation in all document file formats.
- Please define nevertheless a
+relative names are needed, but normally it will work just fine.
+ One example for such a case is the command
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Format
+ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t"
\end_layout
\end_inset
- section for all templates.
- Use a dummy text when no representation is available.
- Then you can at least see a reference to the external material in the exported
- document.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
+ in the XFig template above: We can't use the absolute name because the
+ copier for
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Option
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+.pstex_t
+\end_layout
-<name>
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<value>
+ files needs the relative name in order to rewrite the file content.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Security discussion
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Security-discussion"
+
\end_inset
- This command defines an additional macro
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The external material feature interfaces with a lot of external programs
+ and does so automatically, so we have to consider the security implications
+ of this.
+ In particular, since you have the option of including your own filenames
+ and/or parameter strings and those are expanded into a command, it seems
+ that it would be possible to create a malicious document which executes
+ arbitrary commands when a user views or prints the document.
+ This is something we definitely want to avoid.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+However, since the external program commands are specified in the template
+ configuration file only, there are no security issues if LyX is properly
+ configured with safe templates only.
+ This is so because the external programs are invoked with the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$<name>
+execvp
\end_layout
\end_inset
- for substitution in
+-system call rather than the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Product
+system
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+ system-call, so it's not possible to execute arbitrary commands from the
+ filename or parameter section via the shell.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This also implies that you are restricted in what command strings you can
+ use in the external material templates.
+ In particular, pipes and redirection are not readily available.
+ This has to be so if LyX should remain safe.
+ If you want to use some of the shell features, you should write a safe
+ script to do this in a controlled manner, and then invoke the script from
+ the command string.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is possible to design a template that interacts directly with the shell,
+ but since this would allow a malicious user to execute arbitrary commands
+ by writing clever filenames and/or parameters, we generally recommend that
+ you only use safe scripts that work with the
\begin_inset Flex Code
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<value>
+execvp
\end_layout
\end_inset
- itself may contain substitution macros.
- The advantage over using
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+ system call in a controlled manner.
+ Of course, for use in a controlled environment, it can be tempting to just
+ fall back to use ordinary shell scripts.
+ If you do so, be aware that you
+\emph on
+will
+\emph default
+ provide an easily exploitable security hole in your system.
+ Of course it stands to reason that such unsafe templates will never be
+ included in the standard LyX distribution, although we do encourage people
+ to submit new templates in the open source tradition.
+ But LyX as shipped from the official distribution channels will never have
+ unsafe templates.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Including external material provides a lot of power, and you have to be
+ careful not to introduce security hazards with this power.
+ A subtle error in a single line in an innocent looking script can open
+ the door to huge security problems.
+ So if you do not fully understand the issues, we recommend that you consult
+ a knowledgeable security professional or the LyX development team if you
+ have any questions about whether a given template is safe or not.
+ And do this before you use it in an uncontrolled environment.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+\start_of_appendix
+List of supported LyX functions to be used in layouts
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:List-of-functions"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="8">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-<value>
+accents
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- directly in
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+booktabs
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Product
+feyn
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- is that the substituted value of
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+listings
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$<name>
+natbib
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- is sanitized so that it is a valid optional argument in the document format.
- This command may occur zero or more times.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+rotfloat
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Product
-\begin_inset space ~
+tfrupee
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-<text>
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+wasysym
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The text that is inserted in the exported document.
- This is actually the most important command and can be quite complex.
- This command must occur exactly once.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+amsbsy
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Preamble
-\begin_inset space ~
+calc
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-<name>
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+fixltx2e
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
- This command specifies a preamble snippet that will be included in the
- LaTeX preamble.
- It has to be defined using
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PreambleDef
+longtable
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
- \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PreambleDefEnd
+nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- This command may occur zero or more times.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+rsphrase
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ReferencedFile
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+tipa
+\end_layout
-<format>
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-<filename>
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+wrapfig
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- This command denotes files that are created by the conversion process and
- are needed for a particular export format.
- If the filename is relative, it is interpreted relative to the master document.
- This command may be given zero or more times.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+amscd
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Requirement
-\begin_inset space ~
+CJK
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-<package>
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+float
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
- The name of a required LaTeX package.
- The package is included via
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-usepackage{}
+lyxskak
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- in the LaTeX preamble.
- This command may occur zero or more times.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pdfcolmk
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TransformCommand
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+setspace
+\end_layout
-Rotate
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-RotationLatexCommand
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+tipx
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- This command specifies that the built in LaTeX command should be used for
- rotation.
- This command may occur once or not at all.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+xargs
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TransformCommand
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+amsmath
+\end_layout
-Resize
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-ResizeLatexCommand
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+color
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- This command specifies that the built in LaTeX command should be used for
- resizing.
- This command may occur once or not at all.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+framed
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TransformOption
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+makeidx
+\end_layout
-Rotate
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-RotationLatexOption
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pdfpages
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- This command specifies that rotation is done via an optional argument.
- This command may occur once or not at all.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+shapepar
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TransformOption
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+tone
+\end_layout
-Resize
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-ResizeLatexOption
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+xcolor
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- This command specifies that resizing is done via an optional argument.
- This command may occur once or not at all.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+amssymb
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TransformOption
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+covington
+\end_layout
-Clip
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-ClipLatexOption
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+graphicx
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- This command specifies that clipping is done via an optional argument.
- This command may occur once or not at all.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+marvosym
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TransformOption
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+pifont
+\end_layout
-Extra
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-ExtraLatexOption
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+slashed
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- This command specifies that an extra optional argument is used.
- This command may occur once or not at all.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+txfonts
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-UpdateFormat
-\begin_inset space ~
+xy
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-<format>
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+amstext
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
- The file format of the converted file.
- This must be the name of a format that is known to LyX (see the
-\begin_inset Flex MenuItem
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+csquotes
+\end_layout
-\bar under
-T
-\bar default
-ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\bar under
-P
-\bar default
-references\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File Format
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+hhline
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- dialog).
- This command must occur exactly once.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+mathdesign
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-UpdateResult
-\begin_inset space ~
+pmboxdraw
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-<filename>
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+soul
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The file name of the converted file.
- The file name must be absolute.
- This command must occur exactly once.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ulem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Preamble definitions
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+yhmath
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The external template configuration file may contain additional preamble
- definitions enclosed by
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PreambleDef
+amsthm
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
- \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PreambleDefEnd
+dvipost
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-.
- They can be used by the templates in the
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Format
+hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- section.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+mathdots
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-The substitution mechanism
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
-When the external material facility invokes an external program, it is done
- on the basis of a command defined in the template configuration file.
- These commands can contain various macros that are expanded before execution.
- Execution always take place in the directory of the containing document.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+polyglossia
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Also, whenever external material is to be displayed, the name will be produced
- by the substitution mechanism, and most other commands in the template
- definition support substitution as well.
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+splitidx
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The available macros are the following:
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+undertilde
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$AbsOrRelPathMaster
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The file path, absolute or relative to the master LyX document.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+array
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$AbsOrRelPathParent
+endnotes
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The file path, absolute or relative to the LyX document.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ifsym
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$AbsPath
+mathrsfs
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The absolute file path.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+prettyref
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$Basename
+subfig
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The filename without path and without the extension.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+units
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$Contents(
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-filename.ext
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ascii
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
- This macro will expand to the contents of the file with the name
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-filename.ext
+enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ifthen
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$Extension
+mhchem
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The file extension (including the dot).
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pxfonts
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$FName
+subscript
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The filename of the file specified in the external material dialog.
- This is either an absolute name, or it is relative to the LyX document.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+url
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$FPath
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
- The path part of
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$FName
+bbding
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (absolute name or relative to the LyX document).
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+esint
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$RelPathMaster
+jurabib
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The file path, relative to the master LyX document.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+multicol
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$RelPathParent
+refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- The file path, relative to the LyX document.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+textcomp
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$Sysdir
+varioref
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- This macro will expand to the absolute path of the system directory.
- This is typically used to point to the various helper scripts that are
- bundled with LyX.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$Tempname
+bm
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- A name and full path to a temporary file which will be automatically deleted
- whenever the containing document is closed, or the external material insertion
- deleted.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+fancybox
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-All path macros contain a trailing directory separator, so you can construct
- e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+latexsym
+\end_layout
-the absolute filename with
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$AbsPath$$Basename$$Extension
+multirow
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+rotating
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The macros above are substituted in all commands unless otherwise noted.
- The command
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Product
+textgreek
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
- supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled by
- the
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Transform
+verbatim
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TransformCommand
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
- commands:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$ResizeFront
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Names of available colors to be used in layouts
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Names-of-colors"
+
\end_inset
- The front part of the resize command.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The colors listed here are the standard colors and the those that you can
+ adjust in the LyX preferences.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+none
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\strikeout off
+\uuline off
+\uwave off
+\noun off
+\color none
+ No particular color -- clear or default
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$ResizeBack
+\begin_layout Description
+black
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+white
+\end_layout
- The back part of the resize command.
+\begin_layout Description
+red
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+green
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$RotateFront
+\begin_layout Description
+blue
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+cyan
+\end_layout
- The front part of the rotation command.
+\begin_layout Description
+magenta
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+yellow
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$RotateBack
+\begin_layout Description
+added_space Added space marker color
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+addedtext Added text color
+\end_layout
- The back part of the rotation command.
+\begin_layout Description
+appendix Appendix marker color
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The value string of the
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+background Background color
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Option
+\begin_layout Description
+bottomarea Bottom area color
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+branchlabel Label color for branches
+\end_layout
- command supports additionally the following substitutions if they are enabled
- by the
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+buttonbg Color used for bottom background
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Transform
+\begin_layout Description
+buttonhoverbg Color used for button background under focus
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+buttonframe Color for inset button frames
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+changebar Changebar color
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TransformOption
+\begin_layout Description
+changedtextauthor1 Changed text color author 1
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+changedtextauthor2 Changed text color author 2
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+changedtextauthor3 Changed text color author 3
+\end_layout
- commands:
+\begin_layout Description
+changedtextauthor4 Changed text color author 4
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+changedtextauthor5 Changed text color author 5
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$Clip
+\begin_layout Description
+collapsable_inset_frame Collapsable insets framecolor
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+collapsable_inset_text Collapsable insets text color
+\end_layout
- The clip option.
+\begin_layout Description
+command Text color for command insets
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+commandbg Background color for command insets
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$Extra
+\begin_layout Description
+commandframe Frame color for command insets
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+comment color for comments
+\end_layout
- The extra option.
+\begin_layout Description
+commentbg Background color of comments
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+cursor Cursor color
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$Resize
+\begin_layout Description
+deletedtext Deleted text color
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+deletedtextmodifier Deleted text modifying color
+\end_layout
- The resize option.
+\begin_layout Description
+depthbar Color for the depth bars in the margin
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+eolmarker End of line marker color
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$Rotate
+\begin_layout Description
+error Color of the LaTeX error box
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+footlabel Label color for footnotes
+\end_layout
- The rotation option.
+\begin_layout Description
+graphicsbg Graphics inset background color
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You may ask why there are so many path macros.
- There are mainly two reasons:
+\begin_layout Description
+greyedout Label color for greyedout insets
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Relative and absolute file names should remain relative or absolute, respectivel
-y.
- Users may have reasons to prefer either form.
- Relative names are useful for portable documents that should work on different
- machines, for example.
- Absolute names may be required by some programs.
+\begin_layout Description
+greyedoutbg Background color of greyedout inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-LaTeX treats relative file names differently than LyX and other programs
- in nested included files.
- For LyX, a relative file name is always relative to the document that contains
- the file name.
- For LaTeX, it is always relative to the master document.
- These two definitions are identical if you have only one document, but
- differ if you have a master document that includes part documents.
- That means that relative filenames must be transformed when presented to
- LaTeX.
- Fortunately LyX does this automatically for you if you choose the right
- macros.
+\begin_layout Description
+greyedouttext Color for greyedout inset text
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-So which path macro should be used in new template definitions? The rule
- is not difficult:
+\begin_layout Description
+indexlabel Label color for index insets
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Use
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+ignore The color is ignored
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$AbsPath
+\begin_layout Description
+inherit The color is inherited
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+inlinecompletion Inline completion color
+\end_layout
- if an absolute path is required.
+\begin_layout Description
+insetbg Inset marker background color
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Use
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+insetframe Inset marker frame color
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$AbsOrRelPathMaster
+\begin_layout Description
+language Color for marking foreign language words
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+latex Text color in LaTeX mode
+\end_layout
- if the substituted string is some kind of LaTeX input.
+\begin_layout Description
+listingsbg Background color of listings inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Else use
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+marginlabel Label color for margin notes
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-$$AbsOrRelPathParent
+\begin_layout Description
+math Math inset text color
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+mathbg Math inset background color
+\end_layout
- in order to preserve the user's choice.
+\begin_layout Description
+mathcorners Math inset frame color not under focus
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are special cases where this rule does not work and e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+mathframe Math inset frame color under focus
+\end_layout
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+mathline Math line color
+\end_layout
-relative names are needed, but normally it will work just fine.
- One example for such a case is the command
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+mathmacrobg Macro math inset background color
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ReferencedFile latex "$$AbsOrRelPathMaster$$Basename.pstex_t"
+\begin_layout Description
+mathmacroblend Macro math blended color
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+mathmacroframe Macro math frame color
+\end_layout
- in the XFig template above: We can't use the absolute name because the
- copier for
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+mathmacrohoverbg Macro math inset background color hovered
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.pstex_t
+\begin_layout Description
+mathmacrolabel Macro math label color
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+mathmacronewarg Macro template color for new parameters
+\end_layout
- files needs the relative name in order to rewrite the file content.
+\begin_layout Description
+mathmacrooldarg Macro template color for old parameters
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Security discussion
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Security-discussion"
+\begin_layout Description
+newpage New page color
+\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+nonunique_inlinecompletion Inline completion color for the non-unique part
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+notebg Background color of notes
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+notelabel Label color for notes
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The external material feature interfaces with a lot of external programs
- and does so automatically, so we have to consider the security implications
- of this.
- In particular, since you have the option of including your own filenames
- and/or parameter strings and those are expanded into a command, it seems
- that it would be possible to create a malicious document which executes
- arbitrary commands when a user views or prints the document.
- This is something we definitely want to avoid.
+\begin_layout Description
+pagebreak Page break/line break color
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-However, since the external program commands are specified in the template
- configuration file only, there are no security issues if LyX is properly
- configured with safe templates only.
- This is so because the external programs are invoked with the
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+paragraphmarker Color used for the pilcrow sign to mark the end of a paragraph
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-execvp
+\begin_layout Description
+phantomtext Text color for phantom insets
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+preview The color used for previews
+\end_layout
--system call rather than the
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+previewframe Preview frame color
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-system
+\begin_layout Description
+regexpframe Color for regexp frame
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+selection Background color of selected text
+\end_layout
- system-call, so it's not possible to execute arbitrary commands from the
- filename or parameter section via the shell.
+\begin_layout Description
+selectiontext Foreground color of selected text
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This also implies that you are restricted in what command strings you can
- use in the external material templates.
- In particular, pipes and redirection are not readily available.
- This has to be so if LyX should remain safe.
- If you want to use some of the shell features, you should write a safe
- script to do this in a controlled manner, and then invoke the script from
- the command string.
-
+\begin_layout Description
+shadedbg Background color of shaded box
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is possible to design a template that interacts directly with the shell,
- but since this would allow a malicious user to execute arbitrary commands
- by writing clever filenames and/or parameters, we generally recommend that
- you only use safe scripts that work with the
-\begin_inset Flex Code
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+special Special chars text color
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-execvp
+\begin_layout Description
+tabularline Table line color
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+tabularonoffline Table line color
+\end_layout
- system call in a controlled manner.
- Of course, for use in a controlled environment, it can be tempting to just
- fall back to use ordinary shell scripts.
- If you do so, be aware that you
-\emph on
-will
-\emph default
- provide an easily exploitable security hole in your system.
- Of course it stands to reason that such unsafe templates will never be
- included in the standard LyX distribution, although we do encourage people
- to submit new templates in the open source tradition.
- But LyX as shipped from the official distribution channels will never have
- unsafe templates.
+\begin_layout Description
+urllabel Label color for URL insets
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Including external material provides a lot of power, and you have to be
- careful not to introduce security hazards with this power.
- A subtle error in a single line in an innocent looking script can open
- the door to huge security problems.
- So if you do not fully understand the issues, we recommend that you consult
- a knowledgeable security professional or the LyX development team if you
- have any questions about whether a given template is safe or not.
- And do this before you use it in an uncontrolled environment.
+\begin_layout Description
+urltext Color for URL inset text
\end_layout
\end_body
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff